Omron SYSMAC CS1D-CPU** User Manual Download

Page: 1 / 1402

Programmable Controllers

Cat. No. W340-E1-15

SYSMAC CS Series

CS1G/H-CPU

-EV1

CS1G/H-CPU

CS1D-CPU

SYSMAC CJ Series

CJ1H-CPU

H-R

CJ1G-CPU

CJ1G/H-CPU

CJ1G-CPU

CJ1M-CPU

SYSMAC One NSJ Series

INSTRUCTIONS
REFERENCE MANUAL

Summary of Contents for SYSMAC CS1D-CPU**

Page 1: ...rollers Cat No W340 E1 15 SYSMAC CS Series CS1G H CPU EV1 CS1G H CPU H CS1D CPU H CS1D CPU S SYSMAC CJ Series CJ1H CPU H R CJ1G CPU CJ1G H CPU H CJ1G CPU P CJ1M CPU SYSMAC One NSJ Series INSTRUCTIONS...

Page 2: ...S1G H CPU EV1 CS1G H CPU H CS1D CPU H CS1D CPU S SYSMAC CJ Series CJ1H CPU H R CJ1G CPU CJ1G H CPU H CJ1G CPU P CJ1M CPU SYSMAC One NSJ Series Programmable Controllers Instructions Reference Manual Re...

Page 3: ...iv...

Page 4: ...some OMRON products often means word and is abbreviated Wd in documentation in this sense The abbreviation PLC means Programmable Controller PC is used how ever in some Programming Device displays to...

Page 5: ...1 CPU Units for which a unit version is not given are called Pre Ver CPU Units such as Pre Ver 2 0 CPU Units and Pre Ver 1 1 CPU Units Confirming Unit Versions with Support Software CX Programmer ver...

Page 6: ...the unit version of the CPU Unit Unit Manufacturing Information In the IO Table Window right click and select Unit Manufacturing informa tion CPU Unit The following Unit Manufacturing information Dial...

Page 7: ...CPU Unit connected online Using the Unit Version Labels The following unit version labels are provided with the CPU Unit These labels can be attached to the front of previous CPU Units to differenti...

Page 8: ...n Ver Designating individual CPU Units e g the CS1H CPU67H Pre Ver 2 0 CS1 H CPU Units CS1H CPU67H CPU Unit Ver Designating groups of CPU Units e g the CS1 H CPU Units Pre Ver 2 0 CS1 H CPU Units CS1...

Page 9: ...version 2 0 CS1 CPU Units CS1 CPU No unit version CS1 Version 1 CPU Units CS1 CPU V1 No unit version Units Models Unit version CJ1 H CPU Units CJ1H CPU H R Unit version 4 0 CJ1 CPU H CJ1 CPU P Unit ve...

Page 10: ...earlier a program error will occur when oper ation is started or when the unit version 4 0 function is executed and CPU Unit operation will stop Function CS1 CPU H Unit version 4 0 or later Other uni...

Page 11: ...on block instructions GETID 286 OK Additional instruction func tions TXD 235 and RXD 236 instructions support no protocol communications with Serial Commu nications Boards with unit version 1 2 or lat...

Page 12: ...tempt is made to download programs containing unit version 3 0 functions to a CPU Unit with a unit version of 2 0 or earlier and the download will not be possible If an object program file OBJ using t...

Page 13: ...out I O Tables OK Communications through a Maximum of 8 Net work Levels OK Connecting Online to PLCs via NS series PTs OK OK from lot number 030201 Setting First Slot Words OK for up to 64 groups OK f...

Page 14: ...Improved Read Protection Using Passwords OK Write Protection from FINS Commands Sent to CPU Units via Networks OK Online Network Connections without I O Tables OK Communications through a Maximum of 8...

Page 15: ...orted if I O tables are automatically generated at startup OK Supported if I O tables are automatically generated at startup OK Communications through a Maximum of 8 Network Levels OK OK OK Connecting...

Page 16: ...program file OBJ using these functions is transferred to a Pre Ver 2 0 CPU Unit a program error will occur when operation is started or when the unit version 2 0 function is executed and CPU Unit ope...

Page 17: ...J series CPU Units With CX Programmer version 7 2 or higher you can use even more expanded functionality CPU Unit Functions See note 1 CX Programmer Program ming Con sole Ver 3 3 or lower Ver 4 0 Ver...

Page 18: ...ng CPU types CPU67 R CPU66 R CPU65 R or CPU64 R Series CPU Unit group CPU Unit model Device type setting on CX Programmer Ver 4 0 or higher CS Series CS1 H CPU Units CS1G CPU H CS1G H CS1H CPU H CS1H...

Page 19: ...to a CPU Unit with a later unit version An attempt was to download a PLC Setup containing settings supported only by later unit ver sions or a CPU Unit to a previous unit version Check the settings i...

Page 20: ...tion and Layout of Instruction Descriptions 155 3 2 Instruction Upgrades and New Instructions 158 3 3 Sequence Input Instructions 161 3 4 Sequence Output Instructions 185 3 5 Sequence Control Instruct...

Page 21: ...ugging Instructions 1137 3 30 Failure Diagnosis Instructions 1141 3 31 Other Instructions 1166 3 32 Block Programming Instructions 1187 3 33 Text String Processing Instructions 1221 3 34 Task Control...

Page 22: ...3D I O capacity 1280 points 640 points Program capacity 60 Ksteps 20 Ksteps No of Expansion Racks 3 max 1 max EM Area 32 Kwords x 3 banks E0_00000 to E2_32767 None Function blocks Max No of definition...

Page 23: ...they support Section 2 provides various lists of instructions that can be used for reference Section 3 individually describes the instructions in the CS CJ series instruction set Section 4 provides in...

Page 24: ...rogrammable Controllers Operation Manual W393 Provides an outlines of and describes the design installation maintenance and other basic opera tions for the CJ series PLCs SYSMAC CJ Series CJ1M CPU21 2...

Page 25: ...ks Functionality that is the same as that of the CX Programmer is described in W446 enclosed SYSMAC CS CJ Series CS1W SCB V1 CS1W SCU V1 CJ1W SCU V1 Serial Communications Boards Units Operation Manual...

Page 26: ...AS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBL...

Page 27: ...y that the uses listed may be suitable for the products Outdoor use uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference or conditions or uses not described in this manual Nuclea...

Page 28: ...onfirm actual specifications of purchased products DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes even when tolerances are shown PERFORMANC...

Page 29: ...xxx...

Page 30: ...You must read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a PLC system 1 Intended Audience xxxii 2 General Precautions xxxii 3 Safety Precautions xxxi...

Page 31: ...sure to read this manual before attempting to use the Unit and keep this man ual close at hand for reference during operation WARNING It is extremely important that a PLC and all PLC Units be used fo...

Page 32: ...external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system Caution Confirm safety before transferring data files stored in the file memory Mem ory Card or EM file memory to the I O area...

Page 33: ...cified in the specifications Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in tem perature Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases Locations subject to dust especially ir...

Page 34: ...supply to the CPU Unit when the BKUP indicator is lit The data will not be backed up if power is turned OFF When using a CS series CS1 CPU Unit for the first time install the CS1W BAT1 Battery provid...

Page 35: ...mode Make sure that the external loads will not produce dangerous conditions when this occurs When operation stops for a fatal error including those produced with the FALS 007 instruction all outputs...

Page 36: ...ocks and connectors com pletely Be sure that the terminal blocks Memory Units expansion cables and other items with locking devices are properly locked into place Improper locking may result in malfun...

Page 37: ...s as they apply Have qualified specialists properly dis pose of used batteries as industrial waste With a CJ series PLC the sliders on the tops and bottoms of the Power Supply Unit CPU Unit I O Units...

Page 38: ...ouble insulation for the DC power supplies used for the communications power supply and I O power sup plies 3 CS CJ series PLCs complying with EC Directives also conform to the Common Emission Standar...

Page 39: ...The diode connected in parallel with the load changes energy accumulated by the coil into a current which then flows into the coil so that the current will be converted into Joule heat by the resistan...

Page 40: ...1 General Instruction Characteristics 2 1 1 1 Program Capacity 2 1 1 2 Differentiated Instructions 3 1 1 3 Instruction Variations 4 1 1 4 Instruction Location and Execution Conditions 5 1 1 5 Inputtin...

Page 41: ...Series The following tables show the maximum number of steps that can be pro grammed in each CJ series CPU Unit Model Program capacity I O points CS1H CPU67H 250K steps 5 120 CS1H CPU66H 120K steps CS...

Page 42: ...instruction is also increased by one step for each double length operand used in it For example MOVL 498 normally requires 3 steps but 4 steps will be required if a constant is specified for the sourc...

Page 43: ...ns used as execution conditions The bit processing such as read comparison or test is performed every cycle The execution con dition is true for one cycle when the result goes from OFF to ON Downwardl...

Page 44: ...lly three kinds of operands Source operands destination oper ands and numbers MOV Instruction mnemonic Up differentiation variation Immediate refreshing variation Instruction type Location Execution c...

Page 45: ...F 00000 to 32 767 the corre sponding word between D00000 and D32767 is specified MOV 0001 D00300 Note The word address bit number format is not used for Timer Counter Completion Flags or Task Flags Bi...

Page 46: ...to 65 535 the corre sponding word between E0_00000 and E0_32767 in EM bank 0 is specified When the contents of En _ is between 0000 and 7FFF 00000 to 32 767 the corre sponding word between En _00000 a...

Page 47: ...ds 31 to the I O memory address contained in IR1 and moves 0001 to the word at that address DR offset The signed binary content of the Data Register is added to the I O memory address contained in IR...

Page 48: ...binary 0000 0000 to FFFF FFFF MOVL 12345678 D00000 Stores 12345678 hex in D00000 and D00001 Signed dec imal 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 MOVL 12345678 D00000 Stores 12345678 decimal in D00000 and D0...

Page 49: ...uctions LD LD NOT AND AND NOT OR OR NOT LD TST 350 LD TSTN 351 AND TST 350 AND TSTN 351 OR TST 350 OR TSTN 351 Sequence output instructions OUT OUT NOT DIFU 013 DIFD 014 Sequence control instructions...

Page 50: ...emory address 000013 1 1 6 Data Formats The following table shows the data formats that can be used in CS CJ series PLCs Block programming instructions BPPS 811 BPRS 812 EXIT 806 EXIT 806 NOT IF 802 I...

Page 51: ...not supported by the Programming Consoles As such users do not need to know this format although they do need to know that the formatting takes up two words The exponent includes 8 bits from bit 23 to...

Page 52: ...ion will stop when an Access Error occurs Illegal Instruction Error The Illegal Instruction Error Flag A29514 will be turned ON and program execution will stop when this error occurs UM User Program M...

Page 53: ...cess error 1 Reading writing to the parameter area 2 Writing to memory that is not installed 3 Reading writing to an EM bank that is EM file memory 4 Writing to a read only area 5 The contents of a DM...

Page 54: ...15 Table Data Processing Instructions 75 2 2 16 Data Control Instructions 79 2 2 17 Subroutine Instructions 83 2 2 18 Interrupt Control Instructions 84 2 2 19 High speed Counter and Pulse Output Inst...

Page 55: ...monic Instruction Mnemonic Instruction Basic instructions Input LD LOAD LD NOT LOAD NOT AND AND AND NOT AND NOT OR OR OR NOT OR NOT AND LD AND LOAD OR LD OR LOAD Output OUT OUTPUT OUT NOT OUTPUT NOT S...

Page 56: ...signed LD AND OR L Symbol com parison dou ble word unsigned LD AND OR S Symbol comparison signed LD AND OR SL Symbol com parison dou ble word signed LD AND OR DT DT DT DT DT DT See note 1 Time compari...

Page 57: ...GHT RORL DOUBLE ROTATE RIGHT RRNC ROTATE RIGHT WITH OUT CARRY RRNL DOUBLE ROTATE RIGHT WITH OUT CARRY 1 digit shift SLD ONE DIGIT SHIFT LEFT SRD ONE DIGIT SHIFT RIGHT Shift n bit data NSFL SHIFT N BIT...

Page 58: ...SIGNED BINARY SUBTRACT WITH CARRY CL DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY WITH CARRY BCD subtract B BCD SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY BL DOUBLE BCD SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY BC BCD SUBTRACT WITH CARRY BCL DOUBLE BCD SUBTRACT...

Page 59: ...TO BCD BDSL DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY TO BCD GRY See note 1 GRAY CODE CONVER SION Number ASCII con versions STR4 FOUR DIGIT NUMBER TO ASCII STR8 EIGHT DIGIT NUMBER TO ASCII STR16 SIXTEEN DIGIT NUM BER TO...

Page 60: ...FLOATING POINT TO ASCII FVAL ASCII TO FLOATING POINT Single precision floating point move See note 2 MOVF MOVE FLOAT ING POINT SINGLE Double pre cision float ing point instruc tions Floating point bin...

Page 61: ...RETURN GSBS GLOBAL SUBROU TINE CALL GSBN GLOBAL SUBROU TINE ENTRY GRET GLOBAL SUBROU TINE RETURN Interrupt control instructions MSKS SET INTERRUPT MASK MSKR READ INTER RUPT MASK CLI CLEAR INTERRUPT DI...

Page 62: ...EAD READ DATA FILE FWRIT WRITE DATA FILE TWRIT WRITE TEXT FILE Clock instructions CADD CALENDAR ADD CSUB CALENDAR SUBTRACT SEC HOURS TO SECONDS HMS SECONDS TO HOURS DATE CLOCK ADJUST MENT Debugging in...

Page 63: ...ss ONE CYCLE AND WAIT NOT input_condition WAIT ONE CYCLE AND WAIT Timer counter BCD TIMW HUNDRED MS TIMER WAIT CNTW COUNTER WAIT TMHW TEN MS TIMER WAIT Binary TIMWX HUNDRED MS TIMER WAIT CNTWX COUNTER...

Page 64: ...the ON OFF status of the specified operand bit Start of logic Not required 163 AND AND AND AND AND 1 AND 1 AND 1 Takes a logical AND of the status of the specified operand bit and the current executio...

Page 65: ...d ON when the bit is OFF Continues on rung Not required 182 BIT TEST AND TST 350 LD TST 350 AND TST 350 and OR TST 350 are used in the pro gram like LD AND and OR the execution condition is ON when th...

Page 66: ...unction Location Execution condition Page TST 350 S N S Source word N Bit number TSTN 351 S N S Source word N Bit number Instruction Mnemonic Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition...

Page 67: ...Operand Function Location Execution condition Page DIFD 014 B B Bit Status of B One cycle DIFD 014 turns the designated bit ON for one cycle when the execution condition goes from ON to OFF falling e...

Page 68: ...a DM or EM word Output Required 201 SINGLE BIT OUTPUT CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M or CS1D only OUTB OUTB OUTB 1 OUTB 534 outputs the result execution condition of the logical pro cessing to the specified bit Un...

Page 69: ...ycle No instructions written after END 001 will be executed Execution proceeds to the program with the next task number When the program being executed has the highest task number in the program END 0...

Page 70: ...ck is cleared even if the differentiation condition of the instruction was established Output Required 214 MULTI INTER LOCK CLEAR MILC 519 CS CJ series CPU Unit Ver 2 0 or later only Clears an interlo...

Page 71: ...ition for CJP 004 is OFF program execution jumps directly to the first JME 005 in the program with the same jump number CJPN 511 and JME 005 are used in pairs Execution condition ON Execution conditio...

Page 72: ...Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page FOR 512 N N Number of loops Repeated N times The instructions between FOR 512 and NEXT 513 are repeated a specified number of times FOR 512 a...

Page 73: ...rementing timer with units of 1 ms The setting range for the set value SV is 0 to 9 999 s for BCD and 0 to 65 535 s for binary decimal or hexadecimal Output Required 254 TIM N S N Timer number S Set v...

Page 74: ...BCD and 0 to 0 65535 s for binary decimal or hexadecimal Note The timer s present value cannot be accessed for a HUN DREDTH MS TIMER instruction Output Required 260 TMUHX 557 BCD Instruction Mnemonic...

Page 75: ...t input PV maintained Timing resumes TTIM 087 TTIMX 555 operates an incrementing timer with units of 0 1 s The setting range for the set value SV is 0 to 999 9 s for BCD and 0 to 6 553 5 s for binary...

Page 76: ...t 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 MTIM 543 MTIMX 554 operates a 0 1 s incrementing timer with 8 independent SVs and Completion Flags The setting range for the set value SV is 0 to 999 9 s for BCD and 0 to 6 553 5 s for...

Page 77: ...9999 Output Required 283 Instruction Mnemonic Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page CNTR 012 N S Incre ment input Decre ment input Reset input N Counter number S Set value SV...

Page 78: ...red 292 Symbol Compari son Signed LD AND OR S 302 307 312 317 322 327 S1 Comparison data 1 S2 Comparison data 2 Symbol comparison instructions signed compare two values con stants and or the contents...

Page 79: ...AND and OR Time values year month day hour minute and second can be masked unmasked in the comparison so it is easy to create cal endar timer functions LD Not required AND OR Required 298 UNSIGNED CO...

Page 80: ...ts the result to the Arithmetic Flags in the Auxiliary Area Signed binary comparison Arithmetic Flags MCMP 019 S1 S2 R S1 1st word of set 1 S2 1st word of set 2 R Result word R Compares 16 consecutive...

Page 81: ...327 DOUBLE AREA RANGE COM PARE ZCPL ZCPL 116 CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M or CS1D only Compares the 32 bit unsigned binary value in CD and CD 1 word con tents or constant to the range defined by LL and UL and out...

Page 82: ...rd of data to the specified word Source word Destination word Bit status not changed MOVL 498 S D S 1st source word D 1st destination word S D S 1 D 1 Bit status not changed Transfers two words of dat...

Page 83: ...ination word Transfers the specified digit or digits Each digit is made up of 4 bits XFRB 062 C S D C Control word S 1st source word D 1st destination word Transfers the specified number of consecutiv...

Page 84: ...ing an offset value to the base address COLL 081 Bs Of D Bs Source base address Of Offset D Destination word Bs Bs n Of Transfers the source word calculated by adding an offset value to the base addre...

Page 85: ...St 2 St Lost Status of data input for each shift input Operates a shift register SFTR 084 C St E C Control word St Starting word E End word E E Data input St St Creates a shift register that shifts da...

Page 86: ...d Word Wd Wd Wd 1 Shifts the contents of Wd and Wd 1 one bit to the left ASR 026 Wd Wd Word Shifts the contents of Wd one bit to the right ASRL 571 Wd Wd Word Wd Wd 1 Shifts the contents of Wd and Wd...

Page 87: ...Wd shifts to the leftmost bit and to the Carry Flag CY RRNL 577 Wd Wd Word Wd 1 Wd Shifts all Wd and Wd 1 bits one bit to the right not including the Carry Flag CY The contents of the rightmost bit o...

Page 88: ...fied 16 bits of word data to the left by the specified number of bits Contents of shifted in a or 0 NSLL 582 D C D Shift word C Control word Shift n bits Lost N bits Contents of a or 0 shifted in Shif...

Page 89: ...ncrements the 4 digit hexadecimal content of the specified word by 1 Wd Wd L 591 Wd Wd Word Wd 1 Wd Wd 1 Wd Increments the 8 digit hexadecimal content of the specified words by 1 592 Wd Wd Word Wd Wd...

Page 90: ...ugend word Ad 1st addend word R 1st result word R 1 CY R Ad 1 Au Ad Adds 8 digit double word hexadecimal data and or constants Signed binary Signed binary Signed binary CY will turn ON when there is a...

Page 91: ...rd Ad Addend word R Result word CY R CY BCD BCD BCD Au Ad Adds 4 digit single word BCD data and or constants with the Carry Flag CY CY will turn ON when there is a carry BCL 407 R Au Ad Au 1st augend...

Page 92: ...row CL 413 Mi Su R Mi Minuend word Su Subtrahend word R Result word R 1 CY R CY Mi 1 Su 1 Mi Su CY will turn ON when there is a borrow Subtracts 8 digit double word hexadecimal data and or constants w...

Page 93: ...there is a borrow 420 R Md Mr Md Multiplicand word Mr Multiplier word R Result word R 1 R Md Mr Multiplies 4 digit signed hexadecimal data and or constants Signed binary Signed binary Signed binary Md...

Page 94: ...r word R 1st result word R 1 R R 3 R 2 BCD BCD BCD Md 1 Md Mr 1 Mr Multiplies 8 digit double word BCD data and or constants 430 R Dd Dr Dd Dividend word Dr Divisor word R Result word Dd Dr R 1 R Remai...

Page 95: ...t result word R 1 R R 3 R 2 Dd 1 Dr 1 Remainder Divides 8 digit double word unsigned hexadecimal data and or constants Unsigned binary Unsigned binary Unsigned binary Dd Dr Quotient B 434 R Dd Dr Dd D...

Page 96: ...N R Converts a word of binary data to a word of BCD data BCDL 059 S R S 1st source word R 1st result word BIN BCD BIN BCD R R 1 Converts 8 digit hexadecimal 32 bit binary data to 8 digit BCD data NEG...

Page 97: ...rical value in the specified digit or byte in the source word turns ON the corresponding bit in the result word or 16 word range and turns OFF all other bits in the result word or 16 word range l 1 Co...

Page 98: ...that value to the specified digit or byte in the result word 16 to 4 bit conversion Finds leftmost bit Highest bit address 16 to 4 bit decoding Location of leftmost bit m is written to R n 2 Start wi...

Page 99: ...t number D Destination word 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 15 00 S N 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 S 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 S 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 S 15 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0...

Page 100: ...rd S Source word D Destination word Signed BCD Converts one word of signed BCD data to one word of signed binary data Signed BCD format specified in C Signed binary BISL 472 C S D C Control word S 1st...

Page 101: ...Required 540 ASCII TO FOUR DIGIT NUMBER NUM4 NUM4 604 CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 4 0 or later only Converts 4 characters of ASCII data to a 4 digit hexadecimal number Output Required 54...

Page 102: ...R I1 Input 1 I2 Input 2 R Result word Takes the logical AND of corresponding bits in double words of word data and or constants I1 I1 1 1 1 0 0 I2 I2 1 1 0 1 0 R R 1 1 0 0 0 I1 I1 1 I2 I2 1 R R 1 I1...

Page 103: ...s the logical exclusive OR of corresponding bits in double words of word data and or constants I1 I2 R XNRW 037 I1 Input 1 I2 Input 2 R Result word I1 I2 I1 I2 R I1 1 1 0 0 I2 1 0 1 0 R 1 0 0 1 Takes...

Page 104: ...bit binary content of the specified words and outputs the integer portion of the result to the specified result word Binary data 32 bits Binary data 16 bits S R ROOT 072 S 1st source word R Result wor...

Page 105: ...lt in the specified result words FLT 452 S R S Source word R 1st result word R 1 R S Converts a 16 bit signed binary value to 32 bit floating point data and places the result in the specified result w...

Page 106: ...R Dd Dd 1 Dr Dr 1 Result floating point data 32 bits Divisor floating point data 32 bits Dividend floating point data 32 bits Divides one 32 bit floating point number by another and places the result...

Page 107: ...oating point data Result 32 bit floating point data S R TAN 462 S 1st source word R 1st result word R 1 R S S 1 TAN Result 32 bit floating point data Source 32 bit floating point data Calculates the t...

Page 108: ...st source word R 1st result word R 1 R S S 1 Source 32 bit floating point data Result 32 bit floating point data Calculates the square root of a 32 bit floating point number and places the result in t...

Page 109: ...required 641 ASCII TO FLOAT ING POINT CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M or CS1D only FVAL FVAL 449 Converts the specified text string ASCII representation of single pre cision floating point data decimal point or expo...

Page 110: ...Output Required 659 16 BIT BINARY TO DOUBLE FLOATING DBL DBL 843 Converts the specified 16 bit signed binary data to double precision float ing point data 64 bits and outputs the result to the destina...

Page 111: ...outputs the result to the result words Output Required 672 DOUBLE RADI ANS TO DEGREES DEGD DEGD 850 Converts the specified double precision floating point data 64 bits from radians to degrees and out...

Page 112: ...s the angle that produces a given cosine value between 1 and 1 Output Required 683 DOUBLE ARC TANGENT ATAND ATAND 856 Calculates the angle in radians from the tangent value in the specified double pre...

Page 113: ...COMPARI SON LD AND or OR D 335 D 336 D 337 D 338 D 339 or D 340 Compares the specified double precision data 64 bits and creates an ON execution condition if the comparison result is true Three kinds...

Page 114: ...k PUSH 632 TB S TB 1st stack address S Source word TB TB 1 TB 2 TB 3 TB TB 1 TB 2 TB 3 PUSH 632 Writes one word of data to the specified stack Internal I O memory address Internal I O memory address L...

Page 115: ...umber D Destination Index Register R Writes the location of the specified record the internal I O memory address of the beginning of the record in the specified Index Register Internal I O memory addr...

Page 116: ...s swapped MAX 182 C R1 D C 1st control word R1 1st word in range D Destination word R1 W 1 R1 Finds the maximum value in the range Internal I O memory address C words Max value MIN 183 C R1 D C 1st co...

Page 117: ...SINS SINS 641 Inserts the source data at the specified location in the stack and shifts the rest of the data in the stack downward The offset value indicates the loca tion of the insertion point how m...

Page 118: ...D BAND 681 Output Required 782 PID 190 S C D S Input word C 1st parameter word D Output word PV input S PID control Manipulated variable D Parameters C to C 8 Executes PID control according to the spe...

Page 119: ...Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page ZONE 682 S C D S Input word C 1st limit word D Output word Output Input Adds the specified bias to input data and outputs the result Posi...

Page 120: ...ter word R Result word Y X Y X Y X Y X P1 P1 1 P1 2 R signed BCD Offset Negative Offset Offset R signed BCD Offset of 0000 Offset Signed BCD R signed BCD Positive Offset S signed binary S signed binar...

Page 121: ...t of 0000 Converts signed BCD data into signed binary data according to the specified linear function An offset can be input in defining the linear function Positive Offset R signed binary R signed bi...

Page 122: ...e number and executes that program Execution condition ON Main program Program end Subroutine program SBN 092 to RET 093 MCRO 099 N S D N Subroutine number S 1st input parameter word D 1st output para...

Page 123: ...MSKS 690 Output Required 840 READ INTERRUPT MASK Not supported by CS1D CPU Units for Duplex CPU Systems MSKR MSKR 692 Reads the current interrupt processing settings that were set with MSKS 690 Output...

Page 124: ...3 N 4 to 5 Clears or retains recorded interrupt inputs for I O interrupts or sets the time to the first scheduled interrupt for scheduled interrupts Interrupt input n Internal status Interrupt input...

Page 125: ...FRE QUENCY CON VERT PRV2 883 CJ1M CPU Unit Ver 2 0 or later only C1 Control data C2 Pulses revo lution D 1st destination word Reads the pulse frequency input from a high speed counter and either conve...

Page 126: ...ONTROL ACC ACC 888 P Port specifier M Output mode S 1st word of set tings table ACC 888 is used to set the pulse frequency and acceleration deceler ation rates and to perform pulse output with acceler...

Page 127: ...n Output Required 910 Instruction Mnemonic Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page I O REFRESH IORF IORF 097 Output Required 927 SPECIAL I O UNIT I O REFRESH CJ1 H R only FIORF...

Page 128: ...Input Unit and stores up to 8 digits of BCD data in the specified words Output Required 946 Instruction Mnemonic Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page SDEC 078 S Di D S Sourc...

Page 129: ...ts and 8 output points and stores that 64 bit data in the 4 destination words Output Required 954 7 SEGMENT DIS PLAY OUTPUT 7SEG 214 CS CJ series CPU Unit Ver 2 0 or later only Converts the source dat...

Page 130: ...uction Mnemonic Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page IORD 222 C S D C Control data S Transfer source and number of words D Transfer destination and number of words S S 1 Read...

Page 131: ...XDU TXDU 256 Outputs the specified number of bytes of data from the serial port of a Serial Communications Unit version 1 2 or later The data is output in no protocol mode with the start code and end...

Page 132: ...eration Output Required 1022 Instruction Mnemonic Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page NETWORK SEND SEND SEND 090 Output Required 1045 NETWORK RECEIVE RECV RECV 098 Output Re...

Page 133: ...s status information with an explicit message Set Attribute Single Service Code 0E hex Output Required 1082 Instruction Mnemonic Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page CMND 490...

Page 134: ...eries CPU Unit Ver 2 0 or later only Writes data from the local CPU Unit to a remote CPU Unit in the net work The remote CPU Unit must support explicit messages Output Required 1092 Instruction Mnemon...

Page 135: ...destination word CPU Unit CPU Unit Memory Card or EM file memory Specified by the 4th digit of C Number of words File specified in S2 Memory Card or EM file memory Specified by the 4th digit of C Num...

Page 136: ...memory Specified by the 4th digit of C Starting address specified in S Number of words specified in D1 and D1 1 Beginning of file File speci fied in D2 New file created Memory Card or EM file memory S...

Page 137: ...LENDAR ADD CADD CADD 730 Output Required 1123 CALENDAR SUBTRACT CSUB CSUB 731 Output Required 1127 MSG 046 N M N Message number M 1st message word CADD 730 C T R C 1st calendar word T 1st time word R...

Page 138: ...e program any number of times Output Not required 1137 Instruction Mnemonic Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page SEC 065 S D S 1st source word D 1st destination word Minutes...

Page 139: ...to gener ate FALS number ERR Indicator lit Generates user defined fatal errors Fatal errors stop PC operation Also generates fatal errors with the system Execution of FALS 007 generates a fatal error...

Page 140: ...f the condition flags Output Required 1172 LOAD CONDI TION FLAGS CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M or CS1D only CCL CCL 283 Reads the status of the condition flags that was saved Output Required 1174 CONVERT ADDRESS F...

Page 141: ...Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page BLOCK PROGRAM BEGIN BPRG 096 Output Required 1192 BLOCK PROGRAM END BEND 801 Define a block programming area For every BPRG 096 there mus...

Page 142: ...bol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page N BPRS 812 N Block program number to to to Block program n This block program will now be executed as long as bit a is ON BPRS 812 executed for b...

Page 143: ...be executed Block program Required 1197 CONDITIONAL BLOCK BRANCHING END IEND 804 If the operand bit is OFF only the instructions after IEND 804 will be executed Block program Required 1197 Instruction...

Page 144: ...ion for WAIT 805 or WAIT 805 NOT When the execution condi tion goes ON OFF for WAIT 805 NOT the instruction from WAIT 805 or WAIT 805 NOT to the end of the program will be exe cuted Block program Requ...

Page 145: ...nction Location Execution condition Page C Time elapsed Delays execution of the rest of the block program until the specified count has been achieved Execution will be continued from the next instruct...

Page 146: ...LOOP 809 until the operand bit for LEND 810 or LEND 810 NOT turns ON or OFF respectively or until the execution condition for LEND 810 turns ON Block program Required 1216 Instruction Mnemonic Code Sy...

Page 147: ...t string 656 S1 S2 D S1 Text string 1 S2 Text string 2 D First destination word Links one text string to another text string LEFT 652 S1 S2 D S1 Text string first word S2 Number of characters D First...

Page 148: ...gnated text string from within a text string Found data LEN 650 S D S Text string first word D 1st destination word 1 3 5 2 4 Calculates the length of a text string RPLC 654 S1 S2 S3 S4 D S1 Text stri...

Page 149: ...ed AND OR Required 1251 Instruction Mnemonic Code Symbol Operand Function Location Execution condition Page XCHG 665 Ex1 Ex2 Ex1 1st exchange word 1 Ex2 1st exchange word 2 Ex1 Ex1 Ex2 Ex2 Replaces a...

Page 150: ...r than the local task s task number m n The specified task s task number is lower than the local task s task number m n Task m Task n Task m Task n Becomes execut able in that cycle Be comes execut ab...

Page 151: ...words DISTC 566 S Bs Of S Source word Bs Destination base address Of Offset s S B Bs n Of Transfers the source word to a destination word calculated by adding an offset value to the base address Can...

Page 152: ...n condition Page GET VARIABLE ID GETID GETID 286 Outputs the FINS command variable type data area code and word address for the specified variable or address This instruction is gener ally used to get...

Page 153: ...0 637 AND L AND DOUBLE NOT EQUAL 306 292 AND S AND SIGNED NOT EQUAL 307 292 AND SL AND DOUBLE SIGNED NOT EQUAL 308 292 AND D AND DOUBLE FLOAT ING LESS THAN 337 695 AND DT AND TIME LESS THAN 343 298 AN...

Page 154: ...GNED LESS THAN OR EQUAL 318 292 AND AND GREATER THAN OR EQUAL 325 292 AND AND STRING GREATER THAN OR EQUALS 675 1251 AND D AND DOUBLE FLOAT ING GREATER THAN OR EQUAL 340 695 AND DT AND TIME GREATER TH...

Page 155: ...COUNTER 621 BCNTC 1276 BDSL DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY TO BCD 473 BDSL 526 BEND BLOCK PROGRAM END 801 1192 BIN BCD TO BINARY 023 BIN 484 BINL DOUBLE BCD TO DOUBLE BINARY 058 BINL 486 BINS SIGNED BCD TO BINA...

Page 156: ...SQ HIGH SPEED COSINE 476 COSQ 618 CPS SIGNED BINARY COMPARE 114 CPS 310 CPSL DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY COMPARE 115 313 CSUB CALENDAR SUBTRACT 731 CSUB 1127 CTBL COMPARISON TABLE LOAD 882 CTBL 879 Mnemonic...

Page 157: ...ONALBLOCK EXIT 806 1200 EXIT operand CONDITIONALBLOCK EXIT 806 1200 EXP EXPONENT 467 EXP 632 EXPD DOUBLE EXPONENT 858 EXPD 689 EXPLT EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND 720 EXPLT 1067 Mnemonic Instruction FUN code...

Page 158: ...ENTRY 751 833 GSBS GLOBAL SUBROU TINE CALL 750 GSBS 825 Mnemonic Instruction FUN code Upward Differentiation Downward Differentiation Immediate Refreshing Specification Page HEX ASCII TO HEX 162 HEX 5...

Page 159: ...Refreshing Specification Page LD LOAD LD LD LD 161 LD LOAD LESS THAN 310 292 LD LOAD STRING LESS THAN 672 1251 LD D LOAD DOUBLE FLOATING LESS THAN 337 695 LD DT LOAD TIME LESS THAN 343 298 LD F LOAD...

Page 160: ...NOT LD NOT 163 LD TST LOAD BIT TEST 350 182 LD TSTN LOAD BIT TEST 351 182 LD LOAD LESS THAN OR EQUAL 315 292 LD LOAD STRING LESS THAN OR EQUAL 673 1251 LD D LOAD DOUBLE FLOATING LESS THAN OR EQUAL 33...

Page 161: ...g Specification Page MAX FIND MAXIMUM 182 MAX 728 MCMP MULTIPLE COMPARE 019 MCMP 316 MCRO MACRO 099 MCRO 818 MID GET STRING MIDDLE 654 MID 1231 MILC MULTI INTERLOCK CLEAR 519 214 MILH MULTI INTERLOCK...

Page 162: ...IFT N BITS LEFT 582 NSLL 401 NSRL DOUBLE SHIFT N BITS RIGHT 583 NSRL 406 NUM4 ASCII TO FOUR DIGIT NUMBER 604 NUM4 535 NUM8 ASCII TO EIGHT DIGIT NUMBER 605 NUM8 538 NUM16 ASCII TO SIXTEEN DIGIT NUMBER...

Page 163: ...HAN 345 298 OR F OR FLOATING GREATER THAN 333 637 OR L OR DOUBLE GREATER THAN 321 292 OR S OR SIGNED GREATER THAN 322 292 OR SL OR DOUBLE SIGNED GREATER THAN 323 292 OR LD OR LOAD 174 OR NOT OR NOT OR...

Page 164: ...ID CONTROL 190 758 PIDAT PID CONTROL WITH AUTOTUNING 191 770 PMCR PROTOCOL MACRO 260 PMCR 975 PRV HIGH SPEED COUNTER PV READ 881 PRV 869 PRV2 COUNTER FRE QUENCY CONVERT 883 PRV2 875 PULS SET PULSES 88...

Page 165: ...n Immediate Refreshing Specification Page SBN SUBROUTINE ENTRY 092 822 SBS SUBROUTINE CALL 091 SBS 812 SCL SCALING 194 SCL 796 SCL2 SCALING 2 486 SCL2 801 SCL3 SCALING 3 487 SCL3 805 SDEC 7 SEGMENT DE...

Page 166: ...ion Downward Differentiation Immediate Refreshing Specification Page TAN TANGENT 462 TAN 620 TAND DOUBLE TANGENT 853 TAND 679 TANQ HIGH SPEED TAN GENT 477 TANQ 622 TCMP TABLE COMPARE 085 TCMP 318 TIM...

Page 167: ...fication Page WAIT NOT operand ONE CYCLE AND WAIT NOT 805 1203 WAIT input condition ONE CYCLE AND WAIT 805 1203 WAIT operand ONE CYCLE AND WAIT 805 1203 WDT EXTEND MAXIMUM CYCLE TIME 094 WDT 1170 WSFT...

Page 168: ...INCREMENT BCD 594 B 418 BL DOUBLE INCREMENT BCD 595 BL 420 L DOUBLE INCREMENT BINARY 591 L 412 B BCD ADD WITHOUT CARRY 404 B 435 BC BCD ADD WITH CARRY 406 BC 438 BCL DOUBLE BCD ADD WITH CARRY 407 BCL...

Page 169: ...668 F FLOATING POINT MULTIPLY 456 F 606 L DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY MULTIPLY 421 L 462 U UNSIGNED BINARY MULTIPLY 422 U 464 UL DOUBLE UNSIGNED BINARY MULTIPLY 423 UL 466 L DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY SUBTRACT WI...

Page 170: ...004 JMP JUMP 228 005 JME JUMP END 228 006 FAL FAILURE ALARM FAL 1141 007 FALS SEVERE FAILURE ALARM 1149 008 STEP STEP DEFINE 910 009 SNXT STEP START 910 010 SFT SHIFT REGISTER 362 011 KEEP KEEP KEEP...

Page 171: ...348 072 ROOT BCD SQUARE ROOT ROOT 568 073 XCHG DATA EXCHANGE XCHG 350 074 SLD ONE DIGIT SHIFT LEFT SLD 391 075 SRD ONE DIGIT SHIFT RIGHT SRD 393 076 MLPX DATA DECODER MLPX 497 077 DMPX DATA ENCODER DM...

Page 172: ...210 DSW DIGITAL SWITCH INPUT 941 211 TKY TEN KEY INPUT TKY 946 212 HKY HEXADECIMAL KEY INPUT 949 213 MTR MATRIX INPUT 954 214 7SEG 7 SEGMENT DISPLAY OUTPUT 958 222 IORD INTELLIGENT I O READ IORD 963 2...

Page 173: ...DOUBLE SIGNED EQUAL 292 305 AND AND NOT EQUAL 292 305 LD LOAD NOT EQUAL 292 305 OR OR NOT EQUAL 292 306 AND L AND DOUBLE NOT EQUAL 292 306 LD L LOAD DOUBLE NOT EQUAL 292 306 OR L OR DOUBLE NOT EQUAL...

Page 174: ...AND DOUBLE SIGNED LESS THAN OR EQUAL 292 318 LD SL LOAD DOUBLE SIGNED LESS THAN OR EQUAL 292 318 OR SL OR DOUBLE SIGNED LESS THAN OR EQUAL 292 320 AND AND GREATER THAN 292 320 LD LOAD GREATER THAN 29...

Page 175: ...637 329 LD F LOAD FLOATING EQUAL 637 329 OR F OR FLOATING EQUAL 637 330 AND F AND FLOATING NOT EQUAL 637 330 LD F LOAD FLOATING NOT EQUAL 637 330 OR F OR FLOATING NOT EQUAL 637 331 AND F AND FLOATING...

Page 176: ...DOUBLE FLOAT ING LESS THAN OR EQUAL 695 339 AND D AND DOUBLE FLOAT ING GREATER THAN 695 339 LD D LOAD DOUBLE FLOATING GREATER THAN 695 339 OR D OR DOUBLE FLOAT ING GREATER THAN 695 340 AND D AND DOUB...

Page 177: ...RRY 427 401 L DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY ADD WITHOUT CARRY L 429 402 C SIGNED BINARY ADD WITH CARRY C 431 403 CL DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY ADD WITH CARRY CL 433 404 B BCD ADD WITHOUT CARRY B 438 405 BL DOUBLE BC...

Page 178: ...T FIXL 597 452 FLT 16 BIT TO FLOATING FLT 598 453 FLTL 32 BIT TO FLOATING FLTL 600 454 F FLOATING POINT ADD F 602 455 F FLOATING POINT SUBTRACT F 604 456 F FLOATING POINT MULTIPLY F 606 457 F FLOATING...

Page 179: ...IFFERENTIATION HOLD 214 518 MILR MULTI INTERLOCK DIFFERENTIATION RELEASE 214 519 MILC MULTI INTERLOCK CLEAR 214 520 NOT NOT 180 521 UP CONDITION ON 181 522 DOWN CONDITION OFF 181 530 SETA MULTIPLE BIT...

Page 180: ...RRNC ROTATE RIGHT WITHOUT CARRY RRNC 388 576 RLNL DOUBLE ROTATE LEFT WITHOUT CARRY RLNL 386 577 RRNL DOUBLE ROTATE RIGHT WITHOUT CARRY RRNL 389 578 NSFL SHIFT N BIT DATA LEFT NSFL 394 579 NSFR SHIFT...

Page 181: ...635 SETR SET RECORD LOCA TION SETR 719 636 GETR GET RECORD NUMBER GETR 721 637 SWAP SWAP BYTES SWAP 726 638 SNUM STACK SIZE READ SNUM 743 639 SREAD STACK DATA READ SREAD 745 640 SWRIT STACK DATA WRIT...

Page 182: ...CONTROL LMT 780 681 BAND DEAD BAND CONTROL BAND 782 682 ZONE DEAD ZONE CONTROL ZONE 785 685 TPO TIME PROPOR TIONAL OUTPUT 788 690 MSKS SET INTERRUPT MASK MSKS 840 691 CLI CLEAR INTERRUPT CLI 852 692...

Page 183: ...NOT 1200 809 LOOP LOOP 1216 810 LEND LOOP END 1216 810 LEND LOOP END 1216 810 LEND NOT LOOP END NOT 1216 811 BPPS BLOCK PROGRAM PAUSE 1194 812 BPRS BLOCK PROGRAM RESTART 1194 813 TIMW HUNDRED MS TIME...

Page 184: ...TAN GENT ATAND 685 857 SQRTD DOUBLE SQUARE ROOT SQRTD 687 858 EXPD DOUBLE EXPONENT EXPD 689 859 LOGD DOUBLE LOGARITHM LOGD 691 860 PWRD DOUBLE EXPONEN TIAL POWER PWRD 693 880 INI MODE CONTROL INI 865...

Page 185: ...146 List of Instructions by Function Code Section 2 4...

Page 186: ...188 3 4 4 DIFFERENTIATE UP DOWN DIFU 013 and DIFD 014 193 3 4 5 SET and RESET SET and RSET 195 3 4 6 MULTIPLE BIT SET RESET SETA 530 RSTA 531 198 3 4 7 SINGLE BIT SET RESET SETB 532 RSTB 533 201 3 4 8...

Page 187: ...BIT TRANSFER XFRB 062 343 3 8 8 BLOCK TRANSFER XFER 070 345 3 8 9 BLOCK SET BSET 071 348 3 8 10 DATA EXCHANGE XCHG 073 350 3 8 11 DOUBLE DATA EXCHANGE XCGL 562 351 3 8 12 SINGLE WORD DISTRIBUTE DIST...

Page 188: ...1 13 BCD SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY B 414 452 3 11 14 DOUBLE BCD SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY BL 415 453 3 11 15 BCD SUBTRACT WITH CARRY BC 416 457 3 11 16 DOUBLE BCD SUBTRACT WITH CARRY BCL 417 458 3 11 17 SIG...

Page 189: ...15 Floating point Math Instructions 590 3 15 1 FLOATING TO 16 BIT FIX 450 595 3 15 2 FLOATING TO 32 BIT FIXL 451 597 3 15 3 16 BIT TO FLOATING FLT 452 598 3 15 4 32 BIT TO FLOATING FLTL 453 600 3 15 5...

Page 190: ...OUT LIFO 634 713 3 17 5 DIMENSION RECORD TABLE DIM 631 716 3 17 6 SET RECORD LOCATION SETR 635 719 3 17 7 GET RECORD NUMBER GETR 636 721 3 17 8 DATA SEARCH SRCH 181 723 3 17 9 SWAP BYTES SWAP 637 726...

Page 191: ...IT I O REFRESH DLNK 226 933 3 23 4 7 SEGMENT DECODER SDEC 078 938 3 23 5 DIGITAL SWITCH INPUT DSW 210 941 3 23 6 TEN KEY INPUT TKY 211 946 3 23 7 HEXADECIMAL KEY INPUT HKY 212 949 3 23 8 MATRIX INPUT...

Page 192: ...6 BEND 801 1192 3 32 3 BLOCK PROGRAM PAUSE RESTART BPPS 811 BPRS 812 1194 3 32 4 Branching IF 802 ELSE 803 and IEND 804 1197 3 32 5 CONDITIONAL BLOCK EXIT NOT EXIT NOT 806 1200 3 32 6 ONE CYCLE AND WA...

Page 193: ...154 3 35 4 MOVE BIT MOVBC 568 1274 3 35 5 BIT COUNTER BCNTC 621 1276 3 35 6 GET VARIABLE ID GETID 286 1278...

Page 194: ...d Once for Downward Differentiation The instruction is executed dur ing the next cycle only after the execution condition changes from ON to OFF Always Executed The instruction does not require an exe...

Page 195: ...IO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D...

Page 196: ...Operands specify ing bit strings nor mally input as hexadecimal Input as deci mal with an prefix or input as hexadeci mal with an prefix See note The Cont Key can be pressed to input hexa decimal val...

Page 197: ...PU Units New Instructions The following instructions have been added to the CS1 H and CJ1 H CPU Units Less Than or Equals Flag P_LE Always ON Flag P_On ON Always OFF Flag P_Off OFF Flag CX Programmer...

Page 198: ...E FLOATING POINT MULTIPLY D 847 DOUBLE FLOATING POINT DIVIDE D 848 DOUBLE DEGREES TO RADIANS RADD 849 DOUBLE RADIANS TO DEGREES DEGD 850 DOUBLE SINE SIND 851 DOUBLE COSINE COSD 852 DOUBLE TANGENT TAND...

Page 199: ...Section 3 2 New Instructions The following instructions have been upgraded for the CS1 H and CJ1 H CPU Units Special Math Instructions ARITHMETIC PROCESS APR 069 Failure Diagnosis Instructions FAILUR...

Page 200: ...tiation LD Immediate Refreshing Specification See note LD Combined Variations Refreshes Input Bit Restarts Logic and Creates ON Once for Upward Differentiation See note LD Refreshes Input Bit Restarts...

Page 201: ...f LOAD LOAD NOT instructions minus1 If they do not match a program ming error will occur For details refer to 3 3 7 AND LOAD AND LD and 3 3 8 OR LOAD OR LD Flags There are no flags affected by this in...

Page 202: ...ems and CS1 H CJ1 H and CJ1M CPU Units only Instruction Operand LD 000000 LD 000001 LD 000002 AND 000003 OR LD AND LD LD NOT 000004 AND 000005 OR LD OUT 000100 OR LD AND LD OR LD Bus bar Starting poin...

Page 203: ...uctions cannot be connected directly to the bus bar If there is no LOAD or LOAD NOT instruction a program error will occur with the program check by the Peripheral Device When logic blocks are connect...

Page 204: ...ol Variations Note Immediate refreshing is not supported by CS1D CPU Units for Duplex CPU Systems Applicable Program Areas Instruction Operand LD 000000 LD 000001 LD 000002 AND 000003 OR LD AND LD LD...

Page 205: ...before the instruction is exe cuted from the Basic Input Unit but not Basic Input Units on Slave Racks or for C200H Group 2 Multi point Input Units For AND it is possible to combine immediate refresh...

Page 206: ...le Program Areas Operand Specifications Instruction Operand LD 000000 AND 000001 LD 000002 AND 000003 LD 000004 AND NOT 000005 OR LD AND LD OUT 000006 Variations Creates ON Each Cycle AND NOT Result i...

Page 207: ...efore the instruction is exe cuted from Basic Input Units but not for Basic Input Units on Slave Racks or for C200H Group 2 Multi point Input Units Example Holding Bit Area H00000 to H51115 Auxiliary...

Page 208: ...Specification See note OR Combined Variations Refreshes Input Bit and Creates ON Once for Upward Differentiation See note OR Refreshes Input Bit and Creates ON Once for Downward Differentiation See n...

Page 209: ...ondition is turned ON for one cycle only after the status of the operand bit goes from ON to OFF Immediate refreshing can be specified for OR An immediate refresh instruction updates the status of the...

Page 210: ...ifferentiation See note 1 OR NOT Creates ON Once for Downward Differentiation See note 1 OR NOT Immediate Refreshing Specification See note 2 OR NOT Combined Variations Refreshes Input Bit and Creates...

Page 211: ...struction updates the status of the input bit just before the instruction is exe cuted from a Basic Input Unit but not Basic Input Units on Slave Racks or for C200H Group 2 Multi point Input Units Exa...

Page 212: ...CIO 000002 is ON or CIO 000003 is OFF Flags There are no flags affected by this instruction Precautions Three or more logic blocks can be connected in series using this instruction to first connect t...

Page 213: ...program error will occur during the program check by the Peripheral Device Coding Second LD Used for first bit of next block connected in series to previous block 3 3 8 OR LOAD OR LD Purpose Takes a...

Page 214: ...ction except that the current execution condition is ORed with the last unused execution condition Flags There are no flags affected by this instruction Precautions Three or more logic blocks can be c...

Page 215: ...more pro gram using method 1 If there are nine or more with method 2 then a pro gram error will occur during the program check by the Peripheral Device Coding Second LD Used for first bit of next bloc...

Page 216: ...Instruction variation Mnemonic Function I O refresh Ordinary LD AND OR LD NOT AND NOT OR NOT The ON OFF status of the specified bit is taken by the CPU with cyclic refresh ing and it is reflected in...

Page 217: ...condi tions in a program when programming in mnemonic code They are not used when programming directly in ladder program form because the processing is automatically executed by the Peripheral Device...

Page 218: ...nt and that of output CIO 000202 are not necessarily the same so a TR bit must be used In this case the number of steps in the program could be reduced by using instruction block 1 in place of instruc...

Page 219: ...on condition and another instruction to invert the execution condition Flags There are no flags affected by NOT 520 Precautions NOT 520 is an intermediate instruction i e it cannot be used as a right...

Page 220: ...from ON to OFF The DIFU 013 and DIFD 014 instructions can also be used for the same purpose but they require work bits UP 521 and DOWN 522 simplify pro gramming by reducing the number of work bits and...

Page 221: ...precaution when using UP 521 in a subroutine The operation of UP 521 will not be consistent if the same subroutine is exe cuted more than once in the same cycle An subroutine will not be executed whi...

Page 222: ...tions Executed Each Cycle TSTN 351 Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S N CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 614...

Page 223: ...rned OFF In CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units these Flags are left unchanged Precautions TST 350 and TSTN 351 are intermediate instructions i e they cannot be used as right hand instructions Be sure...

Page 224: ...d ON when CIO 000000 is ON or bit 3 of D00010 is OFF 3 4 Sequence Output Instructions 3 4 1 OUTPUT OUT Purpose Outputs the result execution condition of the logical processing to the speci fied bit La...

Page 225: ...or the Basic Output Unit but not for Basic Output Units on Slave Racks or for C200H Group 2 Multi point Input Units at the same time as it writes the status of the execution condition power flow to th...

Page 226: ...xecution condition of the logical processing and out puts it to the specified bit Ladder Symbol Variations Note Immediate refreshing is not supported by CS1D CPU Units Applicable Program Areas Operand...

Page 227: ...are no flags affected by this instruction Example 3 4 3 KEEP KEEP 011 Purpose Operates as a latching relay Ladder Symbol Holding Bit Area H00000 to H51115 Auxiliary Bit Area A44800 to A95915 Timer Ar...

Page 228: ...pward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification See note KEEP 011 Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Int...

Page 229: ...changes will not be reflected immediately if the bit is allocated to a Group 2 High density I O Unit High density Special I O Unit or a Unit mounted in a SYSMAC BUS Remote I O Slave Rack KEEP 011 oper...

Page 230: ...he IOM Hold Bit and setting IOM Hold Bit Hold in the PLC Setup In this case I O Area bits used in KEEP 011 will maintain status after restarting the PLC following a power interruption just like holdin...

Page 231: ...emains ON until CIO 000001 goes ON When CIO 000002 goes ON and CIO 000003 goes OFF in the following example CIO 00100 is turned ON CIO 00100 remains ON until CIO 000004 or CIO 000005 goes ON Coding No...

Page 232: ...N Condition Not supported Executed Once for Upward Differentiation DIFU 013 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification See note DIFU 013 Variations Exe...

Page 233: ...an instruction for just one cycle when the execution condition goes from OFF ON or ON OFF Refer to 3 3 13 CONDITION ON OFF UP 521 and DOWN 522 for details Flags No flags are affected by DIFU 013 and...

Page 234: ...n block definition For details refer to infor mation on restrictions on using ladder programming instructions in the CX Programmer Operation Manual Function Blocks Observe the following precaution whe...

Page 235: ...ndition RSET Executed Once for Upward Differentiation RSET Executed Once for Downward Differentiation RSET Immediate Refreshing Specification See note RSET Combined Variations Immediate Refreshing Onc...

Page 236: ...ave Rack The set and reset inputs for a KEEP 011 instruction must be programmed with the instruction but the SET and RSET instructions can be programmed completely independently Furthermore the same b...

Page 237: ...02 010000 CIO 010000 is turned ON when CIO 000001 goes ON it remains ON until CIO 000002 goes ON CIO 010000 is turned ON OFF when CIO 000000 goes ON OFF SETA 530 D N1 N2 RSTA 531 D N1 N2 D Beginning w...

Page 238: ...s max Area D N1 N2 CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A959 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095...

Page 239: ...30 RSTA 531 can be used to turn OFF bits in data areas that are normally accessed by words only such as the DM and EM areas Flags Examples SETA 530 Example When CIO 000000 is turned ON in the followin...

Page 240: ...Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition SETB 532 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation SETB 532 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification See note SE...

Page 241: ...6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A959 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area without ba...

Page 242: ...l be refreshed when the instruction is executed and reflected immediately in the output bit The changes will not be reflected immediately if the bit is allocated to a Group 2 High density I O Unit Hig...

Page 243: ...U Units only Ladder Symbols Variations Note Immediate refreshing is not supported by CS1D CPU Units Applicable Program Areas Operands D Word Address Specifies the word containing the bit to be control...

Page 244: ...efresh instruction updates the status of the output terminal just after the instruction is executed on an output bit allocated to a Basic Output Unit but not for C200H Group 2 Multi point Output Units...

Page 245: ...and bit turns ON or OFF respectively when the input condition turns ON and the operand bit does not change when the input con dition turns OFF Example Note Precaution for Index Registers OUTB 534 is e...

Page 246: ...no function No processing is performed for NOP 000 Ladder Symbol There is no ladder symbol associated with NOP 000 Variations Applicable Program Areas Description No processing is performed for NOP 0...

Page 247: ...d MULTI INTERLOCK DIFFERENTIATION RELEASE and MULTI INTER LOCK CLEAR MILR 518 and MILC 519 Note MILR 518 does not hold the status of the Differentiation Flag so dif ferentiated instructions that were...

Page 248: ...L ILC MILH MILC and MILR MILC The interlocks may not operate properly if dif ferent interlock methods are used together For details on combining instruc tions refer to 3 5 5 MULTI INTERLOCK DIFFERENTI...

Page 249: ...OUT OUT NOT OUTB 534 and timer instructions are not executed No instructions are executed Output status in instructions Except for outputs in OUT OUT NOT OUTB 534 and timer instructions all out puts...

Page 250: ...TB 534 OFF TIM TIMX 550 TIMH 015 TIMHX 551 TMHH 540 TMHHX 552 TIML 542 and TIMXL 553 Completion Flag OFF reset PV Time set value reset TIMU 541 TIMUX 556 TMUH 544 and TMUHX 557 See note 1 Cannot be re...

Page 251: ...for DIFU 013 DIFD 014 or a differentiated instruction are not recorded if the DIFU 013 or DIFD 014 is in an interlocked section and the execution condi tion for the IL 002 is OFF In general IL 002 an...

Page 252: ...following example all outputs between IL 002 and ILC 003 are interlocked When CIO 000000 is ON in the follow ing example the instructions between IL 002 and ILC 003 are executed nor mally CIO 000000 O...

Page 253: ...r must be between 0 and 15 Match the interlock number of the MILH 517 or MILR 518 instruction with the same number in the cor responding MILC 519 instruction The interlock numbers can be used in any o...

Page 254: ...and words in all other instructions including TTIM 087 TTIMX 555 MTIM 543 MTIMX 554 SET RSET CNT CNTX 546 CNTR 012 CN TRX 548 SFT and KEEP 011 retain their previous status Indirect DM EM addresses in...

Page 255: ...518 and MILC 519 combination Inter locks can be nested up to 16 levels Nesting can be used for the following kinds of applications Example 1 Interlocking the entire program with one condition and int...

Page 256: ...stop Partial interlock Conveyor RUN A1 Peripheral processing A2 Conveyor operation When the Emergency Stop is ON input condition OFF both A1 and A2 are interlocked When the Emergency Stop is OFF input...

Page 257: ...e interlock comparing the status of the exe cution condition when the interlock started to its status when the interlock was cleared MILH 0 MILC 2 MILC 1 MILC 0 MILH 1 MILH 2 Global interlock Emergenc...

Page 258: ...rlock is cleared DIFU 013 will be executed when the interlock is cleared Differentiated instructions operate the same in the MILH 517 interlock as they would in an IL 002 interlock Instruction Operati...

Page 259: ...he same time that the interlock is started or cleared Example When a DIFFERENTIATE UP DIFU 013 instruction is being used and the input condition is OFF when the interlock starts and ON when the interl...

Page 260: ...be switched more efficiently by using interlocks with MILH 517 or MILR 518 Instead of switching processing with compound conditions insert an MILH 517 or MILR 518 instruction before each process and a...

Page 261: ...or MILR 518 is used instead of ILC 002 Program with MILH 517 MILC 519 Interlocks Execution condition Program section a b A1 A2 A3 OFF ON Interlocked Interlocked Not interlocked OFF ON OFF Not interloc...

Page 262: ...ed when a section of the program is interlocked by MILH 517 or MILR 518 because the interlocked instructions are executed internally Execution condition Program section a b A1 A2 A3 OFF ON Interlocked...

Page 263: ...ceed the outer program section Execution condition Program section a b A1 A2 A3 OFF ON Interlocked Interlocked Not interlocked OFF ON OFF Not interlocked Interlocked Interlocked ON Not interlocked Not...

Page 264: ...ill be interlocked a b MILH 0 010000 MILC 1 MILC 0 A1 MILH 1 010001 A2 A3 Other instructions can be inserted between two MILC 519 instructions In this case sections A1 and A3 operate together They are...

Page 265: ...first MILH 517 instruction s interlock is not engaged the second MILH 517 MILR 518 will operate normally Note The MILR 518 interlocks operate in the same way if there is another MILH 517 or MILR 518 i...

Page 266: ...ruction will be ignored and the entire program section between IL 002 and ILC 003 will be interlocked Examples When W00000 and W00001 are both ON the instructions between MILH 517 with interlock numbe...

Page 267: ...execution condition for JMP 004 is OFF program execution jumps directly to the first JME 005 in the program with the same jump number JMP 004 and JME 005 are used in pairs Ladder Symbols Variations W...

Page 268: ...05 is maintained In block programs Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition JME 005 Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt...

Page 269: ...ore JME 005 instructions with the same jump num ber only the instruction with the lower address will be valid The JME 005 with the higher program address will be ignored Instructions in this section a...

Page 270: ...4 and differentiated instructions is not dependent solely on the status of the execution condition when they are pro grammed between JMP 004 and JME 005 When DIFU 013 DIFD 014 or a differentiated inst...

Page 271: ...in pairs The operation of CJPN 511 is almost identical to JMP 004 When the execu tion condition for CJP 004 is OFF program execution jumps directly to the first JME 005 in the program with the same ju...

Page 272: ...on JME 005 Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK Not allowed OK OK Area N CJP 510 CJPN 511 JME 005 CIO Area CIO 0000 to...

Page 273: ...1 CPU Units the jump number must be between the range 0 to 255 0000 to 00FF hex Precautions All of the outputs bits and words in jumped instructions retain their previous status Operating timers TIM T...

Page 274: ...ition for the JMP0 is OFF NOP processing is exe cuted between the JMP0 and JME0 requiring execution time Therefore the cycle time will not be reduced When a CJP 510 or CJPN 511 instruction is programm...

Page 275: ...There is no limit on the number of pairs that can be used in the program Ladder Symbols Variations Applicable Program Areas CIO 000000 OFF CIO 000000 ON 1 1 Normal execution Instructions not executed...

Page 276: ...must be in the same tasks because jumps between tasks are not allowed The operation of DIFU 013 DIFD 014 and differentiated instructions is not dependent solely on the status of the execution conditio...

Page 277: ...perands N Number of Loops The number of loops must be 0000 to FFFF 0 to 65 535 decimal CIO 000000 ON CIO 000000 OFF Instructions processed as NOP 000 Outputs re main un changed Normal execution FOR 51...

Page 278: ...A B B C A B B C and A B B C Area N CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4...

Page 279: ...ith a maximum of N repetitions Program BREAK 514 within the loop with the desired execution condition The loop will end before N repetitions if the execution condition is input 2 JME 005 JMP 004 Loop...

Page 280: ...n that loop Example In the following example the looped program section transfers the content of D00100 to the address indicated in D00200 and then increments the content of D00200 by 1 3 5 10 BREAK L...

Page 281: ...ounters Note TIMU 541 TIIMUX 556 TMUH 544 and TMUHX 557 are supported by CJ1 H R CPU Units only Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks Not allowed OK OK OK N repetitions Co...

Page 282: ...he mnemonic of the equivalent instruction for BCD operation For example TIMX0 16 will be displayed as TIM0 16 The instruction however will operate using binary mode 2 The refresh method can be selecte...

Page 283: ...ximum SV TIM 999 9 s TIMX 6 553 5 s TIMH 99 99 s TIMHX 655 35 s TMHH 9 999 s TMHHX 65 535 s TIMU 0 9999 s TIMUX 6 5535 s TMUH 0 09999 s TMUHX 0 65535 s TTIM 999 9 s TTIMX 6 553 5 s TIML 115 days TIMLX...

Page 284: ...245 Timer and Counter Instructions Section 3 6 2 It is not possible to read the timer PVs of TIMU 541 TIMUX 556 TMUH 544 and TMUHX 557...

Page 285: ...M TIMX 550 is executed Operand Specifications PV refresh method Symbol Operands BCD N 0000 to 4095 decimal S 0000 to 9999 BCD Binary N 00000 to 4095 decimal S 0 to 65535 decimal 0000 to FFFF hex TIM N...

Page 286: ...and then ON again or the timer s PV must be changed to a non zero value by MOV 021 for example The following timing chart shows the behavior of the timer s PV and Comple tion Flag when the timer input...

Page 287: ...d 2 If the IOM Hold Bit A50012 has been turned ON and the status of the IOM Hold Bit itself is protected in the PLC Setup the status of timer Completion Flags and PVs will be maintained even when the...

Page 288: ...000 to 2047 Timers Created with Timer Numbers 2048 to 4095 Timers are reset PV SV Completion Flag OFF by power interruptions unless the IOM Hold Bit A50012 is ON and the bit is protected in the PLC Se...

Page 289: ...Set Value The set value must be between 0000 and 9999 in BCD mode CIO 000000 T0000 T0000 0100 or Timer input Timer PV Timer Completion Flag PV refresh method Symbol Operands BCD N 0000 to 4095 decimal...

Page 290: ...chart shows the behavior of the timer s PV and Comple tion Flag when the timer input is turned OFF before the timer times out Area N S CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit...

Page 291: ...umbers 2048 to 4095 will be held when the timer is on standby The operation of the Flag and N Flag depends on the model of the CPU Unit Refer to Flags above for details The Completion Flags for TIMH 0...

Page 292: ...the SV The operation of the Flag and N Flag depends or the model of CPU Unit Refer to Flags for details The timer s Completion Flag is refreshed only when TIMH 015 TIMHX 551 is executed so a delay of...

Page 293: ...U Units is 0 01 to 0 s Ladder Symbol Note In CJ1 H R CPU Units other than those with unit version 4 1 N can be set to between 0 and 4 095 decimal In CJ1 H R CPU Units with unit version 4 1 N can be se...

Page 294: ...ing the PV The PV will continue timing down as long as the timer Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK in CJ1 H R CPU Units only OK OK Not allowed Area N S CIO Area CIO...

Page 295: ...timer number from 16 to 4095 will be held if the task is on standby Timers will be reset or paused in the following cases When a timer is reset its PV is reset to the SV and its Completion Flag is tu...

Page 296: ...g is used to overwrite a timer instruction always reset the Com pletion Flag The timer will not operate properly unless the Completion Flag is reset Refreshing of TMHH 540 and TMHHX 552 PVs and Comple...

Page 297: ...Condition TIMU 541 TIMUX 556 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Function b...

Page 298: ...e Completion Flag is updated only when TIMU 541 TIMUX 556 is exe cuted The Completion Flag can thus be delayed by up to one cycle time from the actual set value The timer will not operate properly whe...

Page 299: ...ays reset the Com pletion Flag The timer will not operate properly unless the Completion Flag is reset A TIMU 541 TIMUX 556 instruction s Completion Flag is refreshed as shown in the following table O...

Page 300: ...Condition TMUH 544 TMUHX 557 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Function b...

Page 301: ...e Completion Flag is updated only when TIMU 541 TIMUX 556 is exe cuted The Completion Flag can thus be delayed by up to one cycle time from the actual set value The timer will not operate properly whe...

Page 302: ...lways reset the Com pletion Flag The timer will not operate properly unless the Completion Flag is reset A TIMU 541 TIMUX 556 instruction s Completion Flag is refreshed as shown in the following table...

Page 303: ...ariations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition TTIM 087 TTIMX 555 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing S...

Page 304: ...imer number but are not used simultaneously a duplication error will be generated when the program is checked but the timers will operate normally Timers which share the same timer number will not ope...

Page 305: ...o 0000 The forced set and forced reset operations take priority over the status of the timer and reset inputs The timer s PV is refreshed only when TTIM 087 TTIMX 555 is executed so the timer will not...

Page 306: ...timer accuracy for CS1D CPU Units is 10 ms the cycle time Ladder Symbol BCD Binary Variations CIO 000000 T0001 CIO 000001 T0001 Timer input Timer PV Timer Completion Flag Reset input PV maintained Tim...

Page 307: ...adecimal for TIMLX 553 Operand Specifications Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks Not allowed OK OK Not allowed 15 D1 0 Completion Flag Do not use D2 D2 1 D2 S S 1 S Are...

Page 308: ...imer area PV refreshing is not performed for TIML 542 TIMLX 553 Since the Completion Flag for TIML 542 TIMLX 553 is in a data area it can be forced set or forced reset like other bits but the PV will...

Page 309: ...000000 is ON in the following example the timer PV in D00101 and D00100 will be set to the SV in D00101 and D00100 and the PV will begin counting down The timer Completion Flag CIO 020000 will be tur...

Page 310: ...V word MTIMX 554 D1 D2 S D1 Completion Flags D2 PV word S First SV word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition MTIM 543 MTIMX 554 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Execut...

Page 311: ...D1 D2 S CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6136 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W504 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H504 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A959 A000 to A952 Timer Area T0000...

Page 312: ...bits are effective only when the execution condition for MTIM 543 MTIMX 554 is ON Flags Precautions Unlike most timers MTIM 543 MTIMX 554 does not use a timer number Timer area PV refreshing is not pe...

Page 313: ...MX 554 is in a program section between IL 002 and ILC 003 and the program section is interlocked the PV will retain its previous value it will not be reset Be sure to take this fact into account when...

Page 314: ...6 D00206 S 7 D00207 Reset bit Completion Flags Timer PV Timer SVs Incrementing Pause bit Corresponding completion flag ON when SV PV CIO 000000 CIO 010008 CIO 010009 SV 7 SV 1 SV 0 Timer input Timer S...

Page 315: ...lue Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition CNT CNTX 546 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Sp...

Page 316: ...nits these are turned OFF Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000...

Page 317: ...will be turned OFF and its PV will be set to the SV Be sure to reset the counter by turning the reset input from OFF ON OFF before beginning counting with the count input as shown in the following di...

Page 318: ...The counter number must be between 0000 and 4095 decimal S Set Value First Cycle Flag A20011 CNTR 012 N S Increment input Reset input Decrement input N Counter number S Set value CNTRX 548 N S Increm...

Page 319: ...Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area 0000 to 4095 decimal C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area with out bank E00000 to E32767...

Page 320: ...putting the CNTR 012 CNTRX 548 instruction with mnemonics first enter the increment input II then the decrement input DI the reset input R and finally the CNTR 012 CNTRX 548 instruction When entering...

Page 321: ...an be changed manually from the switch SV Increment input CIO 000000 Counter PV C0001 Completion Flag C0001 Decrement input CIO 000001 Reset input CIO 000002 Increment input Reset input Decrement inpu...

Page 322: ...timer num bers or counter numbers Operand Specifications CNR 545 N1 N2 N1 First number in range N2 Last number in range CNRX 547 N1 N2 N1 First number in range N2 Last number in range Variations Exec...

Page 323: ...f CNR 545 TIM HUNDRED MS TIMER TIMH 015 TEN MS TIMER TMHH 540 ONE MS TIMER TTIM 087 ACCUMULATIVE TIMER TIMW 813 HUNDRED MS TIMER WAIT TMHW 815 TEN MS TIMER WAIT CNT COUNTER CNTR 012 REVERSIBLE COUNTER...

Page 324: ...example the Completion Flags for timers T0002 to T0005 are turned OFF and the timers PVs are set to the maximum value 9999 for BCD and FFFF for binary When CIO 000001 is ON the Completion Flags for c...

Page 325: ...s PV is actually the PV of a counter which is maintained through power interruptions Clock Pulse and CNT Instruction In this example a CNT instruction counts the pulses from the 1 s clock pulse to mak...

Page 326: ...y and an OFF delay CIO 000500 will be turned ON 5 0 seconds after CIO 000000 goes ON and it will be turned OFF 3 0 seconds after CIO 000000 goes OFF 000000 000001 A20011 C0001 000000 LD 000000 000001...

Page 327: ...nd OFF at regular intervals while the execution condition is ON In this example CIO 000205 will be OFF for 1 0 second and then ON for 1 5 seconds as long as CIO 000000 is ON CIO 000000 CIO 000500 5 0...

Page 328: ...CNTR 012 CNTRX 548 CNTW 814 and CNTWX 818 These are the timers and counters that use timer and counter numbers The timer or counter instruction will not be executed if the PLC memory address in the sp...

Page 329: ...address of the Completion Flag for timer T0000 to IR1 3 MOVR 560 moves the PLC memory address of CIO 200000 into IR2 4 MOV 021 moves 100 into D00000 for indirect addressing of the timer SVs 5 The con...

Page 330: ...ion condition D00000The DM address of the word containing the timer s SV The subroutine above is equivalent to the 400 instructions below 000000 LD NOT 200000 000001 TIM 0000 D00100 000002 LD T0000 00...

Page 331: ...oint input comparison instructions Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operand Specifications for Instructions for One word Data Instruction Mnemonic Function code Page Input Comparison...

Page 332: ...FFFF binary Data Registers DR0 to DR15 Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 Area...

Page 333: ...ion of subsequent instructions Options The input comparison instructions can compare signed or unsigned data and they can compare one word or double values If no options are specified the Index Regist...

Page 334: ...ion data format Option data length Equal Not equal Less than Less than or equal Greater than Greater than or equal None Unsigned data S Signed data None One word data L Double length data Code Mnemoni...

Page 335: ...SL AND DOUBLE SIGNED LESS THAN OR EQUAL OR SL OR DOUBLE SIGNED LESS THAN OR EQUAL 320 LD LOAD GREATER THAN True if C1 C2 AND AND GREATER THAN OR OR GREATER THAN 321 LD L LOAD DOUBLE GREATER THAN AND L...

Page 336: ...less than that of D00210 CIO 005001 is turned ON and execution proceeds to the next line If the content of D00110 is not less than that of D00210 the Name Label Operation Error Flag ER OFF or unchang...

Page 337: ...ries CPU Unit Ver 2 0 or later Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas 8714 S1 D00110 30 956 3A1C S2 D00210 14 876 30 956 14 876 Decimal Decimal Signed LESS THAN Comparison Will proceed to n...

Page 338: ...Time Data S1 through S1 2 contain the present time data S1 through S1 2 must be in the same data area Note When using the CPU Unit s internal clock data for the comparison set S1 to A351 to specify th...

Page 339: ...00 to 59 BCD Seconds 00 to 59 BCD Area C S1 S2 CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6141 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W509 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H509 Auxiliary Bit Area A448...

Page 340: ...Time values can be masked individually and excluded from the comparison operation To mask a time value set the corresponding bit in the control word C to 1 Bits 00 to 05 of C mask the seconds minutes...

Page 341: ...35315 Year 00 to 99 BCD Code Mnemonic Name Function 341 LD DT LOAD EQUAL True if S1 S2 AND DT AND EQUAL OR DT OR EQUAL 342 LD DT LOAD NOT EQUAL True if S1 S2 AND DT AND NOT EQUAL OR DT OR NOT EQUAL 34...

Page 342: ...ond data are compared Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if all 6 of the mask bits C bits 00 to 05 are ON OFF in all other cases Greater Than Flag ON if S1 S2 OFF in all other cases Greater Than or...

Page 343: ...upported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification See note CMP 020 Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Are...

Page 344: ...condition that controls CMP 020 as shown in the following dia gram In this case the Equals Flag and output A will be turned ON when S1 S2 Using CMP 020 Results in the Program Do not program another i...

Page 345: ...re turned OFF Precautions Do not program another instruction between CMP 020 and an input condition that accesses the result of CMP 020 because the other instruction might change the status of the Ari...

Page 346: ...Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S1 S2 CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to...

Page 347: ...ed output or right hand instruction with a branch from the same input condition that controls CMPL 060 as shown in the following dia gram Here the Equals Flag and output A will be turned ON when S1 1...

Page 348: ...the Arithmetic Flags The results recorded in the Greater Than Equals and Less Than Flags are immediately saved to CIO 000200 Greater Than CIO 000201 Equals and CIO 000202 Less Than CMPL S1 S2 A Incor...

Page 349: ...ecuted Each Cycle for ON Condition CPS 114 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification See note C...

Page 350: ...he result is reflected in the Arithmetic Flags Control the desired output or right hand instruction with a branch from the same input condition that controls CPS 114 as shown in the following dia gram...

Page 351: ...sity I O Units or Units mounted to Slave Racks Flags Note In CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D for Single CPU System CPU Units these Flags are left unchanged In CS1 and CJ1 CPU Units these Flags are turned OF...

Page 352: ...ot supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S1 S2 CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit...

Page 353: ...15 is executed the result is reflected in the Arithmetic Flags Control the desired output or right hand instruction with a branch from the same input condition that controls CPSL 115 as shown in the f...

Page 354: ...l be turned ON causing CIO 002000 to be turned ON If the content of D00002 and D00001 is equal to that of D00006 and D00005 the Equals Flag will be turned ON causing CIO 002001 to be turned ON If the...

Page 355: ...bit of R contains the result of a comparison between two words in the 16 word sets Bit n of R n 00 to 15 contains the result of the comparison between words S1 n and S2 n 1 0 0 1234 5678 ABCD EF12 D00...

Page 356: ...2 R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6128 CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W496 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H496 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A944 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T...

Page 357: ...ord when the contents of the words are equal Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Name Label Operation Error Flag ER OFF Equals Flag ON if the result word is 0000 The two 16 word sets con...

Page 358: ...W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H496 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A000 to A944 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4080 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C40...

Page 359: ...R is turned ON if they are equal or OFF if they are not equal and S is compared to the content of T 15 and bit 15 of R is turned ON if they are equal or OFF if they are not equal Flags Example When CI...

Page 360: ...tions Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition BCMP 068 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation BCMP 068 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not su...

Page 361: ...B 22 S B 23 Bit 11 of R B 24 S B 25 Bit 12 of R B 26 S B 27 Bit 13 of R B 28 S B 29 Bit 14 of R B 30 S B 31 Bit 15 of R For example bit 00 of R is turned ON if S is within the first range B S B 1 bit...

Page 362: ...7 10 EXPANDED BLOCK COMPARE BCMP2 502 Purpose Compares the source data to up to 256 ranges defined by 256 lower limits and 256 upper limits and turns ON the corresponding bit in the result word when...

Page 363: ...n Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK B 31 B 32 B 33 B 34 B 35 B 36 B 37 B 38 B 2N 1 B 2 N 1 B...

Page 364: ...o A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank EM Area with bank Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 Indirect D...

Page 365: ...ON in the following example BCMP2 502 compares the content of CIO 0010 with the 24 ranges defined in D00200 through D00247 N 17 hex 23 decimal i e 24 ranges and turns ON the corre sponding bits in CI...

Page 366: ...8 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 S CIO 0010 0 1 7 5 0 0 1 7 D00201 D00203 D00205 D00231 D00233 D00235 D00237 D00247 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 1 6 0 1 2 0 0 1 5 0 0 1 9 0 0 1 8 0 0 0 1 0 0 R CIO 0100 R C...

Page 367: ...tput or right hand instruction with a branch from the same input condition that controls ZCP 088 as shown in the following dia gram In this case the Equals Flag and output A will be turned ON when LL...

Page 368: ...D00000 is compared to the range 0005 to 001F hex 5 to 31 decimal and the result is output to the Arithmetic Flags CIO 000200 is turned ON if 0005 hex content of D00000 001F hex CIO 000201 is turned ON...

Page 369: ...F CD LL UL Arithmetic Flags ZCPL 116 CD LL UL CD First word of Comparison Data LL First word of Lower Limit UL First word of Upper Limit Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition ZCP 088 Execute...

Page 370: ...tion might change the status of the Arithmetic Flag The operation of ZCPL 116 is almost identical to that of ZCP 088 except that ZCPL 116 compares 32 bit values instead of 16 bit values Refer to 3 7 1...

Page 371: ...FF in all other cases Less Than or Equal Flag Left unchanged Negative Flag N Left unchanged Name Label Operation S D MOV 021 S Source D Destination Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition MOV...

Page 372: ...IO 000000 is ON in the following example the content of CIO 0100 is copied to D00100 Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM a...

Page 373: ...ion MVN 022 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Are...

Page 374: ...ex Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 Area S D Destination word Bit status inverted Source word Name Label Operation Error Flag...

Page 375: ...00 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 t...

Page 376: ...ted Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S D CIO Area CI...

Page 377: ...unchanged 3 8 5 MOVE BIT MOVB 082 Purpose Transfers the specified bit Ladder Symbol Data Registers Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 204...

Page 378: ...0F 0 to 15 decimal Destination bit 00 to 0F 0 to 15 decimal m n Area S C D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A9...

Page 379: ...8 6 MOVE DIGIT MOVD 083 Purpose Transfers the specified digit or digits Each digit is made up of 4 bits Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if the...

Page 380: ...12 C 0 l First digit in S m 0 to 3 Number of digits n 0 to 3 0 1 digit 1 2 digits 2 3 digits 3 4 digits First digit in D l 0 to 3 Always 0 n m 15 8 0 11 3 7 4 12 D Digit 3 Digit 2 Digit 1 Digit 0 Are...

Page 381: ...llowing example four digits of data are cop ied from CIO 0200 to CIO 0300 The transfer begins with the digit 1 of CIO 0200 and digit 0 or CIO 0300 in accordance with the control word s value of 0031 N...

Page 382: ...sary Note The source words must be in the same data area Digit 0 Digit 1 Digit 2 Digit 3 Digit 0 Digit 1 Digit 2 Digit 3 Digit 0 Digit 1 Digit 2 Digit 3 Digit 0 Digit 1 Digit 2 Digit 3 Digit 0 Digit 1...

Page 383: ...ified in C as shown in the fol lowing diagram 15 0 D D 16 max to to Area C S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 t...

Page 384: ...W 034 to shift m bits by n spaces Flags Precautions Up to 255 bits of data can be transferred per execution of XFRB 062 Be sure that the source words and destination words do not exceed the end of the...

Page 385: ...Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK 15 0 S S N 1 to to 15 0 D D N 1 to to Area N S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Wor...

Page 386: ...Some time will be required to complete XFER 070 when a large number of words is being transferred In this case the XFER 070 transfer might not be completed if a power interruption occurs during execut...

Page 387: ...a Operand Specifications BSET 071 S E S Source word St Starting word E End word St Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition BSET 071 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation BSET 071 Executed O...

Page 388: ...is ON in the following example the source data in D00100 is copied to D00200 through D00209 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addres...

Page 389: ...073 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area E1 E2...

Page 390: ...62 Purpose Exchanges the contents of a pair of consecutive words with another pair of consecutive words Ladder Symbol Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_3...

Page 391: ...s Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area E1 E2 CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A958 Timer Area T0...

Page 392: ...source word to a destination word calculated by adding an offset value to the base address Ladder Symbol Variations E2 E1 Buffer 1st XFER 070 operation 2nd XFER 070 operation 3rd XFER 070 operation N...

Page 393: ...a CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D000...

Page 394: ...her words by changing the offset in D00300 3 8 13 DATA COLLECT COLL 081 Purpose Transfers the source word calculated by adding an offset value to the base address to the destination word Ladder Symbol...

Page 395: ...Of D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D0000...

Page 396: ...VE TO REGISTER MOVR 560 Purpose Sets the PLC memory address of the specified word bit or timer counter Completion Flag in the specified Index Register Use MOVRW 561 to set the PLC memory address of a...

Page 397: ...gram areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 000000 to CIO 614315 Work Area W000 to W511 W00000 to W51115 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H00000 to H5111...

Page 398: ...8 15 MOVE TIMER COUNTER PV TO REGISTER MOVRW 561 Purpose Sets the PLC memory address of the specified timer or counter s PV in the specified Index Register Use MOVR 560 to set the PLC memory address...

Page 399: ...urned OFF Precautions MOVRW 561 cannot set the PLC memory addresses of data area words bits or timer counter Completion Flags Use MOVR 560 to set these PLC memory addresses Area S D CIO Area Work Area...

Page 400: ...T 016 369 ARITHMETIC SHIFT LEFT ASL 025 371 DOUBLE SHIFT LEFT ASLL 570 372 ARITHMETIC SHIFT RIGHT ASR 026 374 DOUBLE SHIFT RIGHT ASRL 571 375 ROTATE LEFT ROL 027 377 DOUBLE ROTATE LEFT ROLL 572 379 RO...

Page 401: ...cuted Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks Not allowed OK OK OK Area St E...

Page 402: ...d indirectly using index registers and the actual addresses in I O memory are not within memory areas for data an error will occur and the Error Flag will turn ON Examples Shift Register Exceeding 16...

Page 403: ...1 ON Left 0 OFF Right Area C St E CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Are...

Page 404: ...will turn ON Examples Shifting Data If shift input CIO 030014 goes ON when CIO 000000 is ON and the reset bit CIO 030015 is OFF words CIO 0100 through CIO 0102 will shift one bit in the direction desi...

Page 405: ...contents of the input bit bit 13 of C I O is shifted to bit 15 on the end word and each bit thereafter is shifted one bit to the right The status of bit 00 of the starting word is shifted to the Carry...

Page 406: ...shifted toward E 1 Non zero data shifted toward St Shift Enable Bit 0 Shift disabled 1 Shift enabled Clear Bit 0 Data not reset 1 All data from St to E is reset Area C St E CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 61...

Page 407: ...fting Data If the Shift Enable Bit CIO 030014 goes ON when CIO 000000 is ON all words with non zero data content from CIO 0100 through CIO 0109 will be shifted in the direction designated by the Shift...

Page 408: ...ion After two executions St St WSFT 016 S E S Source word St Starting word E End word St Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition WSFT 016 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation WSFT 016 Exec...

Page 409: ...d one word toward E The contents of CIO 0300 will be stored in CIO 0100 and the contents of CIO 0102 will be lost EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C...

Page 410: ...mmediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit...

Page 411: ...e left Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operand Specifications Name Label Operation Error Flag ER OFF Equals Flag ON when the shift result is 0 OFF in all other cases Carry Flag CY ON...

Page 412: ...ll be shifted to the Carry Flag CY Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 DM Area D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32766 EM Area with ban...

Page 413: ...ation Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary...

Page 414: ...0 is ON word CIO 0100 will shift one bit to the right 0 will be placed in CIO 010015 and the contents of CIO 010000 will be shifted to the Carry Flag CY 3 9 8 DOUBLE SHIFT RIGHT ASRL 571 Purpose Shift...

Page 415: ...es Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 Counter Area C0000 t...

Page 416: ...ram Areas Operand Specifications Carry Flag CY ON when 1 is shifted into the Carry Flag CY OFF in all other cases Negative Flag N OFF Name Label Operation Wd ROL 027 Wd Word Wd Variations Executed Eac...

Page 417: ...e Carry Flag CY will shift one bit to the left The contents of CIO 010015 will be shifted to the Carry Flag CY and the Carry Flag contents will be shifted to CIO 010000 Indirect DM EM addresses in bin...

Page 418: ...supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510...

Page 419: ...040 or Clear Carry CLC 041 instructions Examples When CIO 000000 is ON word CIO 0100 CIO 0101 and the Carry Flag CY will shift one bit to the left The contents of CIO 010015 will be shifted to the Car...

Page 420: ...rted Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 t...

Page 421: ...0 will be shifted to the Carry Flag CY and the Carry Flag contents will be shifted to CIO 010015 3 9 12 DOUBLE ROTATE RIGHT RORL 573 Purpose Shifts all Wd and Wd 1 bits one bit to the right including...

Page 422: ...4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 DM Area D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E000...

Page 423: ...Shifts all Wd bits one bit to the left not including the Carry Flag CY Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operand Specifications Wd Instruction executed once Wd CIO 0100 Wd 1 CIO 0101...

Page 424: ...clud ing the Carry Flag CY The contents of CIO 010015 will be shifted to CIO 010000 Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM ad...

Page 425: ...iation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W00...

Page 426: ...Flag will turn ON Examples When CIO 000000 is ON word CIO 0100 and CIO 0101 will shift one bit to the left excluding the Carry Flag CY The contents of CIO 010115 will be shifted to CIO 010000 Index Re...

Page 427: ...n Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to...

Page 428: ...bits one bit to the right not including the Carry Flag CY The contents of the rightmost bit of Wd 1 is shifted to the leftmost bit of Wd and to the Carry Flag CY Ladder Symbol Variations Wd Name Label...

Page 429: ...T4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 DM Area D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E0...

Page 430: ...4 bits to the left Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Note St and E must be in the same data area Operand Specifications Wd Instruction executed once Wd CIO 0100 Wd 1 CIO 0101 SLD 074...

Page 431: ...is ON words CIO 0100 through CIO 0102 will shift by one digit 4 bits to the left A zero will be placed in bits 0 to 3 of word CIO 0100 and the contents of bits 12 to 15 of CIO 0102 will be lost EM Ar...

Page 432: ...p program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area St E CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to...

Page 433: ...O 0102 will shift by one digit 4 bits to the right A zero will be placed in bits 12 to 15 of CIO 0102 and the contents of bits 0 to 3 of word CIO 0100 will be lost 3 9 19 SHIFT N BIT DATA LEFT NSFL 57...

Page 434: ...ding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A959 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area wit...

Page 435: ...into the Carry Flag CY 3 9 20 SHIFT N BIT DATA RIGHT NSFR 579 Purpose Shifts the specified number of bits to the right Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Name Label Operation Error Fla...

Page 436: ...to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A959 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area wi...

Page 437: ...2 of CIO 0100 are copied into the Carry Flag CY 3 9 21 SHIFT N BITS LEFT NASL 580 Purpose Shifts the specified 16 bits of word data to the left by the specified number of bits Ladder Symbol Variations...

Page 438: ...t shifted in Area D C CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A959 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4...

Page 439: ...g will turn ON Examples When CIO 000000 is ON The contents of CIO 0100 is shifted 10 bits to the left from the rightmost bit to the leftmost bit The number of bits to shift is specified in bits 0 to 7...

Page 440: ...A Hex Always 0 Data shifted into register 8 Hex Contents of rightmost bit shifted in Rightmost bit Lost No of bits to shift 10 bits Contents of the rightmost bit is inserted NSLL 582 D C D Shift word...

Page 441: ...11 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A958 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32766...

Page 442: ...CIO 0100 and CIO 0101 will be shifted to the left from the rightmost bit to the leftmost bit by 10 bits The number of bits to shift is specified in bits 0 to 7 of word CIO 0300 control data The conten...

Page 443: ...iations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition NASR 581 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation NASR 581 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not...

Page 444: ...D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirec...

Page 445: ...which data was shifted and the contents of the leftmost bit of data which was shifted out of range is shifted into the Carry Flag CY All other data is lost 3 9 24 DOUBLE SHIFT N BITS RIGHT NSRL 583 P...

Page 446: ...Area D C CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W510 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A958 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000...

Page 447: ...be shifted 10 bits to the right from the leftmost bit to the rightmost bit The number of bits to shift is specified in bits 0 to 7 of word CIO 0300 control data The contents of bit 15 of CIO will be c...

Page 448: ...409 Data Shift Instructions Section 3 9 CY 1 Leftmost bit Lost No of bits to shift 10 bits Contents of the leftmost bit is inserted...

Page 449: ...Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work...

Page 450: ...very cycle as long as CIO 000000 is ON Operation of 590 The up differentiated variation is used in the following example so the content of D00100 will be incremented by 1 only when CIO 000000 has gone...

Page 451: ...91 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO...

Page 452: ...s long as CIO 000000 is ON Operation of L 591 The up differentiated variation is used in the following example so the content of D00101 and D00100 will be incremented by 1 only when CIO 000000 has gon...

Page 453: ...ferentiation 592 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK O...

Page 454: ...ON Operation of 592 The up differentiated variation is used in the following example so the content of D00100 will be decremented by 1 only when CIO 000000 has gone from OFF to ON Name Label Operation...

Page 455: ...93 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO...

Page 456: ...s long as CIO 000000 is ON Operation of L 593 The up differentiated variation is used in the following example so the content of D00101 and D00100 will be decremented by 1 only when CIO 000000 has gon...

Page 457: ...n B 594 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd...

Page 458: ...cycle as long as CIO 000000 is ON Operation of B 594 The up differentiated variation is used in the following example so the content of D00100 will be incremented by 1 only when CIO 000000 has gone f...

Page 459: ...595 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CI...

Page 460: ...remented by 1 every cycle as long as CIO 000000 is ON Operation of BL 595 The up differentiated variation is used in the following example so the BCD content of D00101 and D00100 will be incremented b...

Page 461: ...ation B 596 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Are...

Page 462: ...up differentiated variation is used in the following example so the BCD content of D00100 will be decremented by 1 only when CIO 000000 has gone from OFF to ON 1 Wd Wd Name Label Operation Error Flag...

Page 463: ...597 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO...

Page 464: ...eration of BL 597 The up differentiated variation is used in the following example so the BCD content of D00101 and D00100 will be decremented by 1 only when CIO 000000 has gone from OFF to ON Wd 1 Wd...

Page 465: ...D BINARY SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY 410 441 DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY L 411 443 SIGNED BINARY SUBTRACT WITH CARRY C 412 447 DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY SUBTRACT WITH CARRY CL 413 449 BCD SUBTRA...

Page 466: ...errupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Au Ad R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter...

Page 467: ...t of the leftmost bit of R is 1 the Nega tive Flag will turn ON Examples When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example D00100 and D00110 will be added as 4 digit signed binary values and the result w...

Page 468: ...tines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Au Ad R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T4094...

Page 469: ...ntent of the leftmost bit of R 1 is 1 the Negative Flag will turn ON Examples When CIO 000000 is ON D00100 and D00110 and D00111 and D00110 will be added as 8 digit signed binary values and the result...

Page 470: ...ubroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Au Ad R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to...

Page 471: ...a tive Flag will turn ON Note To clear the Carry Flag CY execute the Clear Carry CLC 041 instruction Examples When CIO 000000 is ON D00100 D00110 and CY will be added as 4 digit signed binary values a...

Page 472: ...ogram areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Au Ad R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer A...

Page 473: ...1 is 1 the Negative Flag will turn ON Note To clear the Carry Flag CY execute the Clear Carry CLC 041 instruction Examples When CIO 000000 is ON D00201 D00200 D00211 D00210 and CY will be added as 8...

Page 474: ...pt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Au Ad R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area...

Page 475: ...pose Adds 8 digit double word BCD data and or constants Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas R CY BCD BCD BCD Au Ad CY will turn ON when there is a carry Name Label Operation Error Flag E...

Page 476: ...es in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants 00000000 to 99999...

Page 477: ...or constants with the Carry Flag CY Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operand Specifications BC 406 R Au Ad Au Augend word Ad Addend word R Result word Variations Executed Each Cycle...

Page 478: ...d the result will be output to D00120 Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E327...

Page 479: ...areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Au Ad R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Area T...

Page 480: ...git BCD values and the result will be output to D00121 and D00120 3 11 9 SIGNED BINARY SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY 410 Purpose Subtracts 4 digit single word hexadecimal data and or constants Ladder Symbol...

Page 481: ...to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D0000 to D4095 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in...

Page 482: ...D00120 3 11 10 DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY L 411 Purpose Subtracts 8 digit double word hexadecimal data and or constants Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Carry Flag CY...

Page 483: ...767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants 00000000 to FFFFFFFF binary Data Registers...

Page 484: ...dicate that the result of the subtraction is negative To convert the 2 s complement to the true number an instruction which subtracts the result from 0 is necessary using the Carry Flag CY as an execu...

Page 485: ...a FFFF Hex 0001 Hex FFFE Hex 2 Note 1 65534 Note 2 FFFD Hex FFFF Hex FFFE Hex 2 Note 3 65534 Note 4 Carry Flag OFF Negative Flag ON Carry Flag OFF Negative Flag ON Since the Negative Flag is ON the re...

Page 486: ...R 1 D00100 Su 1 D00101 Su D00100 Subtraction at 2 R 1 D00101 D00101 D00100 3 D 6 0 E A 7 9 6 5 1 F 9 2 D 1 CY R 1 D00100 1 CIO 0201 CIO 0200 2 0 F 5 5 A 0 8 Su 1 Su Final Subtraction Result Mi 1 Mi C...

Page 487: ...ters Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 Area Mi Su R CY R CY Mi Su Signed binary Signed binary...

Page 488: ...on Examples When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example D00110 and CY will be subtracted from D00100 as 4 digit signed binary values and the result will be output to D00120 3 11 12 DOUBLE SIGNED BI...

Page 489: ...ssing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 Area Mi Su R R 1 CY R CY Mi 1 Su 1 Mi Su Signed binary Signed binary Signe...

Page 490: ...igned binary values and the result will be output to D00121 and D00120 If the result of the subtraction is a negative number Mi Su or Mi 1 Mi Su 1 Su the result is output as a 2 s complement The Carry...

Page 491: ...Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Mi Su R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Coun...

Page 492: ...values and the result will be output to D00120 3 11 14 DOUBLE BCD SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY BL 415 Purpose Subtracts 8 digit double word BCD data and or constants Ladder Symbol Variations R CY BCD BCD BC...

Page 493: ...C0000 to C4094 DM Area D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_0...

Page 494: ...turning ON thus indicates that the result of the subtraction is negative Note 10 s Complement A 10 s complement is the value obtained by subtracting each digit from 9 and adding one to the result For...

Page 495: ...RSET 002100 SET 002100 BL 00000000 D00100 D00100 display 6 CIO 0201 CIO 0200 R 1 D00101 CIO 0121 CIO 0120 0 9 5 8 3 9 0 1 4 6 2 7 0 7 1 9 2 5 1 1 3 1 9 1 CY R 1 D00100 09583960 100000000 17072641 Subt...

Page 496: ...Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Mi Su R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 t...

Page 497: ...041 instruction Examples When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example D00110 and CY will be subtracted from D00100 as 4 digit BCD values and the result will be output to D00120 3 11 16 DOUBLE BCD SU...

Page 498: ...Su R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 DM Area D000...

Page 499: ...lt from 0 is necessary as an input condition of the Carry Flag CY The Carry Flag turning ON thus indicates that the result of the subtraction is negative Note 10 s Complement A 10 s complement is the...

Page 500: ...ea H000 to H511 H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4094 DM Area D00000 to D32767 D00000 to D32766...

Page 501: ...tion block as one word 3 11 18 DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY MULTIPLY L 421 Purpose Multiplies 8 digit signed hexadecimal data and or constants Ladder Symbol Variations Name Label Operation Error Flag ER OFF E...

Page 502: ...4 T0000 to T4092 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 C0000 to C4092 DM Area D00000 to D32766 D00000 to D32764 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32766 E00000 to E32764 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0...

Page 503: ...adder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operand Specifications Name Label Operation Error Flag ER OFF Equals Flag ON when the result is 0 OFF in all other cases Negative Flag N ON when the le...

Page 504: ...M Area D00000 to D32767 D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 E00000 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses i...

Page 505: ...iable tmp data type WORD 2 element array UL 423 R Md Mr Md 1st multiplicand word Mr 1st multiplier word R 1st result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition UL 423 Executed Once for Upwar...

Page 506: ...00123 D00122 D00121 and D00120 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32766 E00000 to E32764 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C En_00000 to En_32764 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D...

Page 507: ...Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Md Mr R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H5...

Page 508: ...00000 is ON in the following example D00100 and D00110 will be multiplied as 4 digit BCD values and the result will be output to D00121 and D00120 Constants 0000 to 9999 BCD Data Registers DR0 to DR15...

Page 509: ...word Mr 1st multiplier word R 1st result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition BL 425 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation BL 425 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not sup...

Page 510: ...values and the result will be output to D00123 D00122 D00121 and D00120 Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in...

Page 511: ...rrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Dd Dr R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A...

Page 512: ...lag will turn ON Examples When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example D00100 will be divided by D00110 as 4 digit signed binary values and the quotient will be output to D00120 and the remainder to...

Page 513: ...ype WORD 2 element array MOV tmp 0 d L 431 R Dd Dr Dd 1st dividend word Dr 1st divisor word R 1st result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition L 431 Executed Once for Upward Differentia...

Page 514: ...ecimal values and the EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C En_00000 to En_32764 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C I...

Page 515: ...Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Dd Dr R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143...

Page 516: ...unsigned binary values and the quotient will be output to D00120 and the remainder will be output to D00121 Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0...

Page 517: ...ta type WORD 2 element array MOV tmp 0 d UL 433 R Dd Dr Dd 1st dividend word Dr 1st divisor word R 1st result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition UL 433 Executed Once for Upward Diffe...

Page 518: ...En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C En_00000 to En_32764 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 t...

Page 519: ...ation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Dd Dr R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000...

Page 520: ...es and the quotient will be output to D00120 and the remainder to D00120 Example in Function Block Definition In the following example an array variable is used to get the quotient and remainder from...

Page 521: ...xecuted Each Cycle for ON Condition BL 435 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation BL 435 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Blo...

Page 522: ...d the quotient will be output to D00121 and D00120 and the remainder to D00123 and D00122 Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM...

Page 523: ...BIT SIGNED BINARY SIGN 600 495 DATA DECODER MLPX 076 497 DATA ENCODER DMPX 077 501 ASCII CONVERT ASC 086 505 ASCII TO HEX HEX 162 509 COLUMN TO LINE LINE 063 513 LINE TO COLUMN COLM 064 515 SIGNED BCD...

Page 524: ...uxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767...

Page 525: ...BCD BIN BCD 0100 BCD 0300 D00101 D00102 D00010 D00011 D00012 NEXT BIN IR0 FOR 3 IR1 MOVR D10 IR0 MOVR D100 IR1 00000 00000 Decimal 200 Decimal 100 Decimal 300 Hexadecimal 00C8 Hexadecimal 0064 Hexadec...

Page 526: ...0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to...

Page 527: ...3X164 13X162 7X161 2X160 BCD 024 S R S Source word R Result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition BCD 024 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation BCD 024 Executed Once for Downward Dif...

Page 528: ...he resulting BCD data will be stored starting from D00100 Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D...

Page 529: ...0000 BCD 0200 BCD 0100 BCD 0300 Decimal 200 Decimal 100 Decimal 300 Hexadecimal 00C8 Hexadecimal 0064 Hexadecimal 012C BCDL 059 S R S First source word R First result word Variations Executed Each Cyc...

Page 530: ...00000 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D0000...

Page 531: ...uted Each Cycle for ON Condition NEG 160 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation NEG 160 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Bloc...

Page 532: ...e 2 s complement of the content of D00100 and writes the result to D00200 Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants 0000 to FFFF binary...

Page 533: ...program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Are...

Page 534: ...00101 and D00100 and writes the result to D00201 and D00200 3 12 7 16 BIT TO 32 BIT SIGNED BINARY SIGN 600 Purpose Expands a 16 bit signed binary value to its 32 bit equivalent Ladder Symbol Variation...

Page 535: ...to T4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4094 DM Area D00000 to D32767 D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 E00000 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C En...

Page 536: ...ce word indicates the location of the bit s that will be turned ON C Control Word The control word specifies whether MLPX 076 will perform a 4 to 16 bit con version or an 8 to 256 bit conversion the n...

Page 537: ...0 or 1 byte 0 or 1 Number of digits bytes to be converted 4 to 16 0 to 3 1 to 4 digits 8 to 256 0 or 1 1 or 2 bytes Conversion process 0 4 to 16 bits digit to word 1 8 to 256 bits byte to 16 word rang...

Page 538: ...alue of the specified byte in S 00 to FF and turns ON the corresponding bit in the range of 16 result words All other bits in the result words will be turned OFF Up to two bytes can be converted When...

Page 539: ...Conversion When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example MLPX 076 will convert the 2 bytes in S beginning with byte 1 the leftmost byte as indicated by C 1011 The corresponding bits in D00100 to D00...

Page 540: ...tarting byte Byte 1 Bits 4 to 7 Number of bytes 2 bytes Byte 1 contains 2D so bit 13 D of R 2 is turned ON Byte 0 contains 1A so bit 10 A of R 1 is turned ON MLPX 0100 1011 D00100 000000 S K D 1 D D00...

Page 541: ...o be converted 16 to 4 0 to 3 1 to 4 digits 256 to 8 0 or 1 1 or 2 bytes Specifies the first digit byte to receive converted data 16 to 4 0 to 3 digit 0 to 3 256 to 8 0 or 1 byte 0 or 1 Digit number A...

Page 542: ...find the leftmost ON bits or 1 to find the rightmost ON bits When two or more digits are being converted DMPX 077 will write the values to the digits in R from right to left and will wrap around to th...

Page 543: ...eftmost byte byte 1 has been specified as the starting byte The following diagram shows some example values for C and the 256 to 8 bit conversions that they produce Flags Precautions If the conversion...

Page 544: ...ce word into their 8 bit ASCII equivalents Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operands S Source Word Up to four digits in the source word can be converted The digits are num bered 0 to...

Page 545: ...3 2 1 0 Specifies the first digit in S to be converted 0 to 3 Number of digits to be converted 0 to 3 0 1 digit 1 2 digits 2 3 digits 3 4 digits First byte of D to be used 0 Rightmost byte 1 Leftmost...

Page 546: ...an odd number of ON bits The status of the parity bit does not affect the meaning of the ASCII code Examples of even parity When adjusted for even parity ASCII 31 00110001 will be B1 10110001 parity b...

Page 547: ...en reading digit 1 With CPU Units with unit version 4 0 of later there are instructions to convert 4 8 and 16 digits of numeric data to ASCII STR4 524 STR8 527 and STR16 528 Di 0011 Di 0112 Di 0030 Di...

Page 548: ...llowing diagram D Destination word The converted hexadecimal digits are written into D from right to left begin ning with the specified first digit Any digits in the destination word that are not over...

Page 549: ...e of extended ASCII characters Area S Di D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Cou...

Page 550: ...around to the rightmost digit if necessary The following diagram shows some example values for Di and the conversions that they produce Parity setting leftmost digit of Di Operation of HEX 162 No pari...

Page 551: ...rs beginning with the leftmost byte of D00100 into their hexadecimal equivalents and writes this data to D00200 beginning with digit 1 When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example HEX 162 converts t...

Page 552: ...ata area N Bit Number Specifies the bit number 0000 to 000F or 0 to 15 to be copied from the source words S D00100 D D00300 Number of bytes 2 bytes Starting digit digit 1 Parity bits Result in even pa...

Page 553: ...to D32752 D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32752 E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32752 n 0 to C En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D0000...

Page 554: ...cifies the first destination word D and D 15 must be in the same data area Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if N is not within the specified range of 0000 to 000F OFF in all other cases Equals Fl...

Page 555: ...0 C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 D00000 to D32752 D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 E00000 to E32752 E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C En_0...

Page 556: ...M 064 copies the 16 bits in D00200 bits 00 through 15 to bit 5 in D00100 through D00115 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 15 00 D 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 D 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 D...

Page 557: ...ferentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area C S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work...

Page 558: ...a will be treated as 0 and will not cause an error Also the status of bits 13 to 15 of S is not checked when C 0000 Note Some Special I O Units output signed BCD data Calculations using this data will...

Page 559: ...erted to signed binary and output to D00400 Setting Signed BCD values Signed binary values C 0000 999 to 1 and 0 to 999 FC19 to FFFF and 0000 to 03E7 C 0001 7999 to 1 and 0 to 7999 E0C1 to FFFF and 00...

Page 560: ...ed Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area C S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H00...

Page 561: ...12 6 DOUBLE 2 S COMPLEMENT NEGL 161 for details Values of 0 in the source data will be treated as 0 and will not cause an error Also the status of bits 13 to 15 of S 1 is not checked when C 0000 Note...

Page 562: ...o 1 FB3B 4C01 to FFFF FFFF 0 to 7999 9999 0000 0000 to 04C4 B3FF C 0002 999 9999 to 1 FF67 6981 to FFFF FFFF 0 to 9999 9999 0000 0000 to 05F5 E0FF C 0003 1999 9999 to 1 FECE D301 to FFFF FFFF 0 to 999...

Page 563: ...word S Source word D Destination word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition BCDS 471 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation BCDS 471 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supporte...

Page 564: ...ned binary data for output to these Units The control word specifies the signed BCD format that will be used for the result as shown below C 0000 Output Data Range 999 to 999 BCD C 0001 Output Data Ra...

Page 565: ...to 9 Fourth digit BCD F Negative 0 to 9 Fourth digit BCD A Negative 1 F Negative 3 digits BCD 12 bits Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if C is not within the specified range of 0000 to 0003 ON if...

Page 566: ...1 and S C 0000 FF67 6981 to FFFF FFFF or 0000 0000 to 0098 967F C 0001 FB3B 4C01 to FFFF FFFF or 0000 0000 to 04C4 B3FF C 0002 FF67 6981 to FFFF FFFF or 0000 0000 to 05F5 E0FF C 0003 FECE D301 to FFF...

Page 567: ...equire signed BCD data inputs BDSL 473 can be used to convert double signed binary data for output to these Units The control word specifies the signed BCD format that will be used for the result as s...

Page 568: ...003 FECE D301 to FFFF FFFF 1999 9999 to 1 0000 0000 to 05F5 E0FF 0 to 9999 9999 S 1 S 0 to 9 Eighth digit BCD A Negative 1 F Negative 7 digits BCD 28 bits Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if C is...

Page 569: ...ownward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK C 0 43 7 8 11 12 15 C 1 C 2 15 11...

Page 570: ...0 7FFF hex BCD Mode 0000 0000 to 0003 2767 360 Mode 0000 0000 to 0000 3599 0 0 to 359 9 in 0 1 increments BCD Operand Specifications S D D 1 Rightmost word Leftmost word Area C S D CIO Area CIO 0000 t...

Page 571: ...tom of the CPU Unit Lot numbers indicate the manufacturing date as follows YYMMDD nnnn YY Rightmost two digits of the year MM Month as a numeric value DD Day of month nnnn Serial number Note If GRY 47...

Page 572: ...binary code conversion ON if the zero point offset in C 1 is not within the specified resolution including user specified resolutions ON if bits 04 to 07 of C are not 0 hex Binary Mode 1 hex BCD Mode...

Page 573: ...ing mode Gray binary code conversion Conversion mode Binary Mode Resolution 8 bit Zero point offset 001A hex User specified resolution Not used Gray binary code Converted and offset Result of binary c...

Page 574: ...7 8 11 12 15 0000 C 1 D00001 S 0010 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0100 D D00200 0000 D 1 D00201 04C C 2 D00002 1 Operating mode Gray binary code conversion Conversion mode BCD Mode Resolution User...

Page 575: ...CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T409...

Page 576: ...CX Programmer version 7 or higher only Flags Examples Example 1 Converting 3 Words of Numerical Data to ASCII Data When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example the 3 words of numerical data starting...

Page 577: ...r 0000 0000 to FFFF FFFF to ASCII data 8 characters This instruction is supported by CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 4 0 or later only 4 5 7 6 30 31 32 33 0 1 3 2 34 35 36 37 8 9 B A 38 39 41...

Page 578: ...Area S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 CIO 0000 to CIO 6140 Work Area W000 to W510 W000 to W508 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 H000 to H508 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A958 A448 to A956 Timer Area T0000...

Page 579: ...s This instruction is supported by CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 4 0 or later only Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas 1 2 4 3 31 32 33 34 ASCII 5 6 8 7 35 36 37 38 15 8 7 11...

Page 580: ...D00000 to D32764 D00000 to D32760 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32764 E00000 to E32760 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32764 n 0 to C En_00000 to En_32760 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binar...

Page 581: ...lag ER OFF Equals Flag ON if the result is 0 OFF in all other cases Negative Flag N ON when the leftmost bit of the source data is 1 OFF in all other cases NUM4 S D S ASCII text D Number Variations Ex...

Page 582: ...the CX Programmer NUM4 604 can be used in CX Programmer version 7 or higher only Flags Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM E...

Page 583: ...s in D00000 and D00001 are converted to BCD data and the result is stored tem porarily in D00010 Next the BCD data is converted to hexadecimal and the result is output to D00100 8 9 F E 1 2 B A 0 0 0...

Page 584: ...tion block definitions Blockprogram areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK OK Area S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6140 CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W508 W000 to W510...

Page 585: ...onverts 16 characters of ASCII data to an 16 digit hexadecimal number This instruction is supported by CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 4 0 or later only Ladder Symbol Variations 31 32 33 34 3...

Page 586: ...40 Work Area W000 to W504 W000 to W508 Holding Bit Area H000 to H504 H000 to H508 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A952 A448 to A956 Timer Area T0000 to T4088 T0000 to T4092 Counter Area C0000 to C4088 C000...

Page 587: ...ogrammer NUM16 606 can be used in CX Programmer version 7 or higher only Flags 8 9 B A C D F E 0 15 8 7 11 12 3 4 0 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 45 46 0 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 15 8 7 ASCII D S S 1...

Page 588: ...E NOR XNRW 037 560 DOUBLE EXCLUSIVE NOR XNRL 613 561 COMPLEMENT COM 029 563 DOUBLE COMPLEMENT COML 614 565 ANDW 034 I1 I2 R I1 Input 1 I2 Input 2 R Result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Co...

Page 589: ...If as a result of the AND the leftmost bit of R is 1 the Negative Flag will turn ON Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM ad...

Page 590: ...ubroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area I1 I2 R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to...

Page 591: ...he logical AND is taken of corresponding bits in CIO 0011 CIO 0010 and CIO 0021 CIO 0020 and the results will be output to corresponding bits in D00201 and D00200 3 13 3 LOGICAL OR ORW 035 Purpose Tak...

Page 592: ...orted Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area I1 I2 R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area...

Page 593: ...Equals Flag ON when the result is 0 OFF in all other cases Negative Flag N ON when the leftmost bit of R is 1 OFF in all other cases ORWL 611 I1 I2 R I1 Input 1 I2 Input 2 R Result word Variations Ex...

Page 594: ...f the OR the leftmost bit of R 1 is 1 the Negative Flag will turn ON EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En...

Page 595: ...D00500 D 1 D00501 Note The vertical arrow indicates logical OR XORW 036 I1 I2 R I1 Input 1 I2 Input 2 R Result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition XORW 036 Executed Once for Upward D...

Page 596: ...is 0000 hex the Equals Flag will turn ON If as a result of the OR the leftmost bit of R is 1 the Negative Flag will turn ON Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_000...

Page 597: ...eas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area I1 I2 R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Area T000...

Page 598: ...xclusive OR the content of R R 1 is 00000000 hex the Equals Flag will turn ON If as a result of the exclusive OR the leftmost bit of R 1 is 1 the Negative Flag will turn ON Examples When the execution...

Page 599: ...utines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area I1 I2 R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T409...

Page 600: ...the NOR the leftmost bit of R is 1 the Negative Flag will turn ON 3 13 8 DOUBLE EXCLUSIVE NOR XNRL 613 Purpose Takes the logical exclusive NOR of corresponding bits in double words of word data and o...

Page 601: ...mer Area T0000 to T4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 DM Area D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D0...

Page 602: ...rpose Turns OFF all ON bits and turns ON all OFF bits in Wd Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operand Specifications S1 0800 CH S1 1 0801 CH S2 0100 CH S2 1 0101 CH D D00500 D 1 D00501...

Page 603: ...he following example the status of each bit will be D00100 is reversed EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 t...

Page 604: ...tion Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Wd CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000...

Page 605: ...t signed binary contents positive value of the specified words and outputs the integer portion of the result to the spec ified result word Ladder Symbol Variations Name Label Operation Error Flag ER O...

Page 606: ...00 to CIO 6142 CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W510 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 T0000 to T4095...

Page 607: ...peration Error Flag ER ON if bit 15 of S 1 is 1 ON OFF in all other cases Equals Flag ON if the result is 0000 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF ON if the content of S 1 and S is 4000 0000 to 7F...

Page 608: ...0 to T4094 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32766 D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32766 E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_3...

Page 609: ...result This program example calculates the square root of the 4 digit number in CIO 0010 rounds off the result and writes it to CIO 0011 Basically the 4 digit number is multiplied by 10 000 1002 and t...

Page 610: ...00 2 The 4 digit number is moved to D00101 3 ROOT 072 calculates the square root of D00101 and D00100 and writes the result to D00102 1 2 3 4 5 BSET MOV ROOT MOV MOV MOVD MOVD INC The values after the...

Page 611: ...tion allows any relationship between X and Y to be approximated with line segments Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas 6017 0000 7756 D00100 D00101 D00100 Square root computation Remaind...

Page 612: ...000 to 9999 BCD 0 0000 to 0 9999 9999 BCD 1 0000 Operand Value Data range C Data area address S 16 bit unsigned BCD data 0000 to 9999 16 bit unsigned binary data 0 to 65 535 16 bit signed binary data1...

Page 613: ...S and writes the result to R The range for S is 0000 to 0900 BCD 0 0 to 90 0 and the range for R is 0000 to 9999 BCD 0 0000 to 0 9999 The remainder of the result beyond the fourth decimal place is eli...

Page 614: ...ther the output is BCD or binary OFF specifies binary and ON specifies BCD Bit C 0 3 14 13 12 11 9 10 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 15 0 0 0 0 0 Number of coordinates minus one m 1 00 to FF hex 1 m 256 Source data fo...

Page 615: ...C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 C 8 C 4n 1 C 4n 2 C 4n 3 C 4n 4 C 4m 1 C 4m 2 C 4m 3 C 4m 4 Note Write Xm max X value in the table in word C 1 when the I O data in S and D contain unsigned data bit 11 of C 0 16 bit...

Page 616: ...ata and or the output data can be 16 bit unsigned BCD data Also the linear extrapolation function can be set to operate on the value specified in S directly or on Xm S Xm is the maximum value of X in...

Page 617: ...t 14 0 Binary 1 BCD Source data form 13 0 Operate on S 1 Operate on Xm S Signed data specification for S and D 11 0 Unsigned data Data length specification for S and D 10 Invalid fixed at 16 bits Floa...

Page 618: ...ER ON if C is a constant greater than 0001 ON if C is a word address but the X coordinates are not in ascending order X1 X2 Xm ON if C is a word address and bits 9 11 and 15 of C indi cate BCD input b...

Page 619: ...as it must be from D00000 to D00026 C to C 2 12 2 The input data is taken from CIO 0010 and the result is output to CIO 0011 In this case the source word CIO 0010 contains 0014 and f 0014 0726 is out...

Page 620: ...Instructions Section 3 14 The linear extrapolation calculation is shown below X Y 1F20 0F00 0726 0402 0 0 0005 0014 001A 05F0 x y Values are all hexadecimal Hex Y 0F00 0402 0F00 001A 0005 0014 0015 07...

Page 621: ...rsion table 32 bit signed binary data Y data range 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 Y Fluid volume X Variation from standard Linear extrapolation of table The linear extrapolation can use signed source...

Page 622: ...a range 3 402823 1038 to 1 175494 10 38 1 175494 10 38 to 3 402823 1038 or Y Fluid volume X Fluid height Linear extrapolation of table The linear extrapolation can provide a smooth high resolution cur...

Page 623: ...pecification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Dd Dr R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H51...

Page 624: ...ignificant digits The eighth and higher digits are eliminated The result must be between 0 1000000 10 7 and 0 9999999 107 R 1 R Quotient Dr 1 Dr Dd 1 Dd 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00...

Page 625: ...o BCD Numbers In this example the 4 digit BCD number in D00000 is divided by the 4 digit BCD number in D00001 and the floating point result is written to D00003 and D00002 To perform the floating poin...

Page 626: ...101 and D00103 are set to 4000 3 MOVD 083 is used to move the digits of the original source words to the proper digits in the 2 word floating point formats 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MOV MOV MOV MOV MOVD MOVD MOVD...

Page 627: ...0103 D00102 4 0 0 7 9 0 0 0 D00101 D00100 4 3 4 5 2 0 0 0 0 3452000 104 D00103 D00102 4 0 0 7 9 0 0 0 0 0079000 104 D00003 D00002 2 4 3 6 9 6 2 0 0 4369620 102 BCNT 067 N S R N Number of words S First...

Page 628: ...y D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants 0001 to FFFF binary or 1 to...

Page 629: ...BIT FIX 450 595 FLOATING TO 32 BIT FIXL 451 597 16 BIT TO FLOATING FLT 452 598 32 BIT TO FLOATING FLTL 453 600 FLOATING POINT ADD F 454 602 FLOATING POINT SUB TRACT F 455 604 FLOATING POINT MULTI PLY...

Page 630: ...ill not result in NaN Writing Floating point Data When floating point is specified for the data format in the I O memory edit dis play in the CX Programmer standard decimal numbers input in the displa...

Page 631: ...e that in the real mantissa bit 233 is 1 and the binary point follows immediately after it Normalized numbers are expressed as follows 1 sign s x 2 exponent e 127 x 1 mantissa x 2 23 Example Sign Expo...

Page 632: ...e or negative zero depending on the sign of the result Illegal calculations will result in NaN Illegal calculations include adding infinity to a number with the opposite sign subtracting infinity from...

Page 633: ...lt everything to the right of the decimal point is truncated 0 y x P 100 100 r 2 3 4 1 D00000 D00200 D00001 D00201 D00201 D00204 D00202 D00202 D00206 D00204 D00204 D00208 D00206 D00208 D00210 D00210 D...

Page 634: ...dians so DEG 459 is used to convert to degrees The result is then output to D00219 and D00218 as floating point data 4 The data is converted back from floating point to BCD a First FIX 450 is used to...

Page 635: ...O 6142 CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W510 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 T0000 to T4095 Counter...

Page 636: ...000 OFF in all other cases Negative Flag N ON if bit 15 of the result is ON OFF in all other cases FIXL 451 S R S First source word R First result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition...

Page 637: ...15 3 16 BIT TO FLOATING FLT 452 Purpose Converts a 16 bit signed binary value to 32 bit floating point data and places the result in the specified result words Ladder Symbol Indirect DM EM addresses i...

Page 638: ...t tasks OK OK OK OK Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A...

Page 639: ...in all other cases Negative Flag N ON if the result is negative OFF in all other cases FLTL 453 S R S First source word R First result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition FLTL 453 Exe...

Page 640: ...converted to 16 777 215 0 A signed binary value of 16 777 215 is converted to 15 777 215 0 Flags Precautions The result will not be exact if a number with an absolute value greater than 16 777 215 the...

Page 641: ...rogram areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Au Ad R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer...

Page 642: ...Error Flag will be turned ON and the instruction will not be executed Flags Precautions The augend Au 1 and Au and Addend Ad 1 and Ad data must be in IEEE754 floating point data format Augend Addend 0...

Page 643: ...m areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Mi Su R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448...

Page 644: ...turned ON and the instruction will not be executed Flags Precautions The Minuend Mi 1 and Mi and Subtrahend Su 1 and Su data must be in IEEE754 floating point data format Minuend Subtrahend 0 Numeral...

Page 645: ...reas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Md Mr R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to...

Page 646: ...instruction will not be executed Flags Precautions The Multiplicand Md 1 and Md and Multiplier Mr 1 and Mr data must be in IEEE754 floating point data format Multiplicand Multiplier 0 Numeral NaN 0 0...

Page 647: ...eas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area Dd Dr R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A...

Page 648: ...uction will not be executed Flags Precautions The Dividend Dd 1 and Dd and Divisor Dr 1 and Dr data must be in IEEE754 floating point data format Multiplicand Multiplier 0 Numeral NaN 0 See note 4 See...

Page 649: ...Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Time...

Page 650: ...ces the result in the specified result words Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas R 1 R S S 1 Source degrees 32 bit floating point data Result radians 32 bit floating point data Name Labe...

Page 651: ...Flag will turn ON and the result will be output as 0 Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Are...

Page 652: ...ge to be expressed as a 32 bit floating point value Underflow Flag UF ON if the absolute value of the result is too small to be expressed as a 32 bit floating point value Negative Flag N ON if the res...

Page 653: ...d result Flags Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767...

Page 654: ...for ON Condition SINQ 475 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation SINQ 475 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Functionblock defi...

Page 655: ...Precautions SINQ 475 differs from SIN 460 in the following respects The instruction has improved performance The instruction length is 8 steps The Condition Flags are not refreshed An unpredictable va...

Page 656: ...ported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A00...

Page 657: ...plicable Program Areas R S Angle radian data R Result cosine Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if the source data is not a number NaN ON if the absolute value of the source data exceeds 65 535 OFF...

Page 658: ...etween the angle and result Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 Counter A...

Page 659: ...word R First result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition TAN 462 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation TAN 462 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Ref...

Page 660: ...s greater than the maximum value that can be expressed as floating point data the Overflow Flag will turn ON and the result will be output as The following diagram shows the relationship between the a...

Page 661: ...Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition TANQ 477 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation TANQ 477 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not support...

Page 662: ...han the maximum value that can be expressed as floating point data the result will be output as or 0 The following diagram shows the relationship between the angle and result Precautions TANQ 477 diff...

Page 663: ...cuted Once for Upward Differentiation ASIN 463 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subrouti...

Page 664: ...p between the input data and result Flags Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 Ar...

Page 665: ...ACOS 464 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation ACOS 464 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program ar...

Page 666: ...ecautions The source data in S 1 and S must be in IEEE754 floating point data format Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to...

Page 667: ...efreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000...

Page 668: ...the input data and result Flags Precautions The source data in S 1 and S must be in IEEE754 floating point data format R 1 R S S 1 TAN 1 Source 32 bit floating point data Result 32 bit floating point...

Page 669: ...p program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer A...

Page 670: ...as The following diagram shows the relationship between the input data and result Flags Precautions The source data in S 1 and S must be in IEEE754 floating point data format R 1 R S S 1 Source 32 bit...

Page 671: ...s Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Ti...

Page 672: ...t as 0 Note The constant e is 2 718282 The following diagram shows the relationship between the input data and result Flags Precautions The source data in S 1 and S must be in IEEE754 floating point d...

Page 673: ...Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Tim...

Page 674: ...e relationship between the input data and result Flags Precautions The source data in S 1 and S must be in IEEE754 floating point data format R 1 R S S 1 Source 32 bit floating point data Result 32 bi...

Page 675: ...p program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area B E R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer...

Page 676: ...en the comparison condition is true These instructions are supported by CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units only Note Refer to 3 7 1 Input Comparison Instructions 300 to 328 for details on the signed...

Page 677: ...instruction Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S1 S2 CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W...

Page 678: ...and C2 S2 1 S2 Input type Operation LD The instruction can be connected directly to the left bus bar AND The instruction cannot be connected directly to the left bus bar OR The instruction can be con...

Page 679: ...FLOATING LESS THAN True if C1 C2 AND F AND FLOATING LESS THAN OR F OR FLOATING LESS THAN 332 LD F LOAD FLOATING LESS THAN OR EQUAL True if C1 C2 AND F AND FLOATING LESS THAN OR EQUAL OR F OR FLOATING...

Page 680: ...F Yields an ON condition Decimal value 4 294 967 296 Decimal value 3 5 Does not yield an ON condition Decimal value 2 3 Decimal value 5 566 555 656 FSTR 448 S C D S First source word C First control...

Page 681: ...767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C D00000 to D32767 E00000...

Page 682: ...2 3 4 5 6 15 87 0 2D 20 31 2E 32 33 45 2B 30 31 SP 1 2 3 E 0 0 15 87 0 D 20 31 32 34 00 2D 20 2E 33 00 20 2E 33 2B 30 00 2D 31 32 45 30 00 Decimal notation C 0000 hex 1 23456 Example 1 23456 Floating...

Page 683: ...eroes ASCII 30 hex will added to the end of the source data A decimal point ASCII 2E hex is added if the number fractional digits is greater than 0 Spaces ASCII 20 hex are added if the integer part of...

Page 684: ...R 448 converts the floating point data in D00001 and D00000 to decimal notation ASCII text and writes the ASCII text to the destination words beginning with D00100 The contents of the control words D0...

Page 685: ...CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units only 2E 32 2 00 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 FSTR D00000 D00010 D00100 000000 15 0 D00000 D00001 0000 Hex 0007 Hex 0003 Hex D00010 D00011 D00...

Page 686: ...stored in S and subsequent words in the following order leftmost byte of S rightmost byte of S leftmost byte of S 1 rightmost byte of S 1 etc FVAL 449 S D S First source word D First destination word...

Page 687: ...the leftmost byte of S and continuing until a byte containing 00 hex is reached There must be a byte containing 00 hex within the first 25 bytes 15 0 7 8 00 SP SP 20 20 00 Decimal notation Digit 25 c...

Page 688: ...at S are not 30 to 39 hex 0 to 9 ON if the first two digits of the exponential part do not con tain 45 and 2B hex E or 45 and 2D hex E integer and fractional parts in the source data starting at S are...

Page 689: ...15 0 FVAL D00000 D00100 1 2 3 4 5 E 0 2 20 Space Conversion Storage Ignored Ignored MOVF 469 S D S First source word D First destination word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition MOVF 469...

Page 690: ...32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants 00000000 to FFFFFFFF binary Data Registers Index Registers...

Page 691: ...32 bits as follows Instruction Mnemonic Function code Page DOUBLE FLOATING TO 16 BIT FIXD 841 658 DOUBLE FLOATING TO 32 BIT FIXLD 842 659 16 BIT TO DOUBLE FLOATING DBL 843 661 32 BIT TO DOUBLE FLOATIN...

Page 692: ...numbers input in the display are automatically converted to the double precision floating point format shown above IEEE754 format and written to I O Memory Data written in the IEEE754 format is autom...

Page 693: ...onent e 1 023 x 1 mantissa x 2 52 Example Sign Exponent 1 024 1 023 1 Mantissa 1 251 250 x 2 52 1 2 1 2 2 1 0 75 1 75 Value 1 75 x 21 3 5 Non normalized numbers Non normalized numbers express real num...

Page 694: ...ive infinity depending on the sign of the result Underflows will be output as either positive or negative zero depending on the sign of the result Illegal calculations will result in NaN Illegal calcu...

Page 695: ...n degrees is read from D00000 and the 4 digit BCD distance r is read from D01000 r re j 360 Y 0 r X r A x y A rcos rsin 000000 BIN D00000 D00100 BIN D01000 D01000 SIN D00200 D00400 COS D00200 D00300 E...

Page 696: ...e for x r cos is output to D10000 and D10001 b The value for y r sin is output to D20000 and D20001 Coordinate Floating point number Real number x 4116 59CF 3 4202015399933 y 405A E495 9 3969259262085...

Page 697: ...ram areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6140 CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W508 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H508 H000...

Page 698: ...ion is supported by CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units only Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operand Specifications S 3CH SCH DCH S 1CH S 2CH Floating point data 64 bits Signed binar...

Page 699: ...4092 C0000 to C4094 DM Area D00000 to D32764 D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32764 E00000 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indir...

Page 700: ...ard Differentiation DBL 843 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks...

Page 701: ...onverts a 32 bit signed binary value to double precision 64 bit floating point data and places the result in the specified destination words This instruction is supported by CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D...

Page 702: ...to 15 777 215 0 Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 CIO 0000 to CIO 6140 Work Area W000 to W510 W000 to W508 Holding B...

Page 703: ...t are 0 OFF in all other cases Negative Flag N ON if the result is negative OFF in all other cases D 845 D Au Ad Au First augend word Ad First addend word D First destination word Variations Executed...

Page 704: ...rn ON and the result will be output as 0 The various combinations of augend and addend data will produce the results shown in the following table Note 1 The results could be zero including underflows...

Page 705: ...ult are 0 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF ON if the absolute value of the result is too large to be expressed as a double precision floating point value Underflow Flag UF ON if the absolute va...

Page 706: ...d subtrahend data will produce the results shown in the following table Note 1 The results could be zero including underflows a numeral or 2 The Error Flag will be turned ON and the instruction will n...

Page 707: ...exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF ON if the absolute value of the result is too large to be expressed as a double precision floating point value Underf...

Page 708: ...roduce the results shown in the following table Note 1 The results could be zero including underflows a numeral or 2 The Error Flag will be turned ON and the instruction will not be executed EM Area w...

Page 709: ...lag ON if both the exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF ON if the absolute value of the result is too large to be expressed as a double precision floating...

Page 710: ...in the following table Note 1 The results could be zero including underflows a numeral or 2 The results will be zero for underflows 3 The Error Flag will be turned ON and the instruction will not be...

Page 711: ...Flag ON if both the exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF ON if the absolute value of the result is too large to be expressed as a double precision floating...

Page 712: ...to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants Data Registers Index Registers Indir...

Page 713: ...Each Cycle for ON Condition DEGD 850 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation DEGD 850 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block p...

Page 714: ...se Calculates the sine of a double precision 64 bit floating point number in radians and places the result in the specified destination words This instruction is supported by CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D...

Page 715: ...iate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6140 Work Area W000 to W508 Holding Bit Are...

Page 716: ...es the result in the specified destination words This instruction is supported by CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units only Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas R S Angle radian data R Res...

Page 717: ...DOUBLE RADIANS TO DEGREES DEGD 850 The following diagram shows the relationship between the angle and result Area S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6140 Work Area W000 to W508 Holding Bit Area H000 to H50...

Page 718: ...cases Equals Flag ON if both the exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF Unchanged Underflow Flag UF Unchanged Negative Flag N ON if the result is negative OF...

Page 719: ...DOUBLE DEGREES TO RADIANS RADD 849 or 3 16 10 DOUBLE RADIANS TO DEGREES DEGD 850 If the absolute value of the result is greater than the maximum value that can be expressed as floating point data the...

Page 720: ...eeds 65 535 OFF in all other cases Equals Flag ON if both the exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF ON if the absolute value of the result is too large to b...

Page 721: ...executed The result is output to words D to D 3 as an angle in radians within the range of 2 to 2 The following diagram shows the relationship between the input data and result EM Area with bank En_00...

Page 722: ...ON if the source data is not a number NaN ON if the absolute value of the source data exceeds 1 0 OFF in all other cases Equals Flag ON if both the exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all...

Page 723: ...executed The result is output to words D to D 3 as an angle in radians within the range of 0 to The following diagram shows the relationship between the input data and result EM Area with bank En_000...

Page 724: ...e source data is not a number NaN ON if the absolute value of the source data exceeds 1 0 OFF in all other cases Equals Flag ON if both the exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all other c...

Page 725: ...ngle in radians within the range of 2 to 2 The following diagram shows the relationship between the input data and result Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000...

Page 726: ...es Equals Flag ON if both the exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF Unchanged Underflow Flag UF Unchanged Negative Flag N ON if the result is negative OFF i...

Page 727: ...is greater than the maximum value that can be expressed as floating point data the Overflow Flag will turn ON and the result will be output as The following diagram shows the relationship between the...

Page 728: ...s Flag ON if both the exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF ON if the absolute value of the result is too large to be expressed as a double precision 64 bit...

Page 729: ...If the absolute value of the result is less than the minimum value that can be expressed as floating point data the Underflow Flag will turn ON and the result will be output as 0 Note The constant e...

Page 730: ...n all other cases Overflow Flag OF ON if the absolute value of the result is too large to be expressed as a double precision 64 bit floating point value Underflow Flag UF ON if the absolute value of t...

Page 731: ...be expressed as floating point data the Overflow Flag will turn ON and the result will be output as Note The constant e is 2 718282 The following diagram shows the relationship between the input data...

Page 732: ...th the exponent and mantissa of the result are 0 OFF in all other cases Overflow Flag OF ON if the absolute value of the result is too large to be expressed as a double precision 64 bit floating point...

Page 733: ...767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants Data Registers Index Registers Indirect add...

Page 734: ...input comparison instructions Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operand Specifications Underflow Flag UF ON if the absolute value of the result is too small to be expressed as a doubl...

Page 735: ...structions to control the execution of subsequent instructions Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants Data Registers Index Registers...

Page 736: ...UBLE FLOATING EQUAL 336 LD D LOAD DOUBLE FLOATING NOT EQUAL True if C1 C2 AND D AND DOUBLE FLOATING NOT EQUAL OR D OR DOUBLE FLOATING NOT EQUAL 337 LD D LOAD DOUBLE FLOATING LESS THAN True if C1 C2 AN...

Page 737: ...C1 C2 OFF in all other cases Negative Flag N Unchanged Name Label Operation D D00100 D00200 000000 005000 34580 14876 3 4580E 48 1 4876E 48 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1...

Page 738: ...RECORD NUMBER GETR 636 721 DATA SEARCH SRCH 181 723 SWAP BYTES SWAP 637 726 FIND MAXIMUM MAX 182 728 FIND MINIMUM MIN 183 732 SUM SUM 184 736 FRAME CHECKSUM FCS 180 739 STACK NUMBER OUTPUT SNUM 638 7...

Page 739: ...rwrite insert and delete data elements in a stack For example when items are being handled on a conveyor these instructions can add remove or change a data element in the stack that corresponds to an...

Page 740: ...n the stack The offset value indicates the location of the desired word the number of words before the cur rent pointer position A B A B Data region Pointer Stack A is the last word stored in the stac...

Page 741: ...ore the current pointer position M A B C M B C Stack Data region Pointer Pointer Unchanged Last word of data in stack Stack Data region Pointer to last word in stack Data in pointer position n n 3 in...

Page 742: ...ata Table data stored in the specified I O memory are can be registered as the table area using the DIM instruction Up to 16 separate tables can be defined with table numbers 0 to 15 A A B C B C C Sta...

Page 743: ...CK SSET 630 Purpose Defines a stack of the specified length beginning at the specified word Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operands TB through TB 3 Stack control words The first fou...

Page 744: ...4 digits PC memory address of the last word in the stack rightmost 4 digits 15 0 TB 4 TB N 1 Data storage region Area TB N CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 t...

Page 745: ...omatically updated when PUSH 632 FIFO 633 or LIFO 634 is executed Normally users need not be concerned about the stack control word When accessing the contents of the stack other than by using the abo...

Page 746: ...ck pointer the PLC memory address of the next word to be overwritten by PUSH 632 10 PC memory address Last word in stack Stack pointer PC memory address of last word in stack Stack pointer 10 words PU...

Page 747: ...its 15 0 TB 4 TB N 1 Data storage region Area TB S CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A959 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T...

Page 748: ...stack must be defined in advance with SSET 630 Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to I...

Page 749: ...address Write A Last word in stack Stack pointer PC memory address of last word in stack Stack pointer A PC memory address After the data is written to D00007 the stack pointer is incremented by one P...

Page 750: ...rightmost 4 digits PC memory address of the last word in the stack leftmost 4 digits Stack pointer rightmost 4 digits Stack pointer leftmost 4 digits 15 0 TB 4 TB N 1 Data storage region Area TB D CIO...

Page 751: ...rst in first out basis FIFO 633 reads the beginning data from the stack and deletes this data to move the next one forward Flags Precautions The stack must be defined in advance with SSET 630 Data Reg...

Page 752: ...of data written to the specified stack the newest data in the stack Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas TB D D00300 TB Read by FIFO 633 Stack pointer PC memory address of last word in st...

Page 753: ...its PC memory address of the last word in the stack leftmost 4 digits PC memory address of the last word in the stack rightmost 4 digits 15 0 TB 4 TB N 1 Data storage region Area TB D CIO Area CIO 000...

Page 754: ...indicates the address next to the last data Flags Precautions The stack must be defined in advance with SSET 630 Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0...

Page 755: ...eclaring the length of each record and the number of records Up to 16 record tables can be defined Ladder Symbol Variations 1 TB Last word in stack Stack pointer Stack pointer PC memory address of las...

Page 756: ...ged once the region has been declared as records Use DIM 631 in combination with SETR 635 SET RECORD NUMBER or GETR 636 GET RECORD NUMBER to simplify the calculation of Block program areas Step progra...

Page 757: ...ster GETR 636 outputs the record number of the record that includes the specified Index Register value PLC memory address Flags Precautions Records in a registered table are identified by their record...

Page 758: ...ble number R Record number D Destination Index Register Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition SETR 635 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation SETR 635 Executed Once for Downward Differenti...

Page 759: ...mory address of the first word of record 3 of table number 10 and stores this address in Index Register IR11 Index Registers IR0 to IR15 Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2...

Page 760: ...h Cycle for ON Condition GETR 636 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation GETR 636 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block prog...

Page 761: ...owing example GETR 636 finds the record number of the record that contains the PLC memory address in Index Register IR11 and writes this record number to D01000 Index Registers IR0 to IR15 Indirect ad...

Page 762: ...a area R1 First word in range R1 specifies the first word in the search range The words from R1 to R1 C 1 are searched for the desired data C is the number of words set in C SRCH 181 C R1 Cd C First c...

Page 763: ...Work Area W000 to W510 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 C0000 t...

Page 764: ...ords that have the same content as D00200 The PLC memory address of the first word containing a match is written to IR00 and the total number of matches is written to DR00 Name Address Operation IR00...

Page 765: ...cable Program Areas Operands N Number of words N specifies the number of words in the range and must be 0001 to FFFF hexadecimal or 1 to 65 535 R1 First word in range R1 specifies the first word in th...

Page 766: ...0000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C...

Page 767: ...ations Applicable Program Areas Operands C and C 1 Control words C specifies the number of words in the range bit 15 of C 1 indicates whether the data will be treated as signed binary or unsigned bina...

Page 768: ...C 15 0 14 0 C 1 13 00 0000 0000 0000 Output selection Data type Number of words in range 0 Does not output address to IR00 1 Outputs address to IR00 0 Unsigned binary data 1 Signed binary data R1 R1...

Page 769: ...Words Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C...

Page 770: ...ON in the following example MAX 182 searches the 10 word range beginning at D00200 for the maximum value The maxi mum value is written to D00300 and the PLC memory address of the word containing the...

Page 771: ...k ground execution Ladder Symbol Variations C D00100 C 1 D00101 D D00300 R1 1 R1 2 1 3 000100CA 100CA 0 0 0 A 10 words Number of words Always 0 1 Outputs address to IR00 1 Treats data as signed binary...

Page 772: ...rds from R1 to R1 C 1 are searched for the minimum value C is the number of words specified in C Note R1 and R1 C 1 must be in the same data area Operand Specifications Block program areas Step progra...

Page 773: ...Series PLC Programming Manual W394 for details Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00...

Page 774: ...inimum value is written to IR00 Name Address Operation IR00 Output for Background Execution A595 and A596 When an index register is specified as the out put for an instruction processed in the back gr...

Page 775: ...ed binary 1 Outputs address to IR00 Always 0 PC memory address Decimal equivalent Min value 10 words Number of words SUM 184 C R1 D C First control word R1 First word in range D First destination word...

Page 776: ...put to D 1 and D The leftmost four digits are stored in D 1 and the rightmost four digits are stored in D Operand Specifications 15 0 C 15 0 14 0 C 1 13 12 11 0000 0000 0000 Data type Effective if bit...

Page 777: ...2 1 or the leftmost byte of R1 bit 12 0 Note SUM 184 can be processed in the background Refer to the SYSMAC CS CJ NSJ Series PLC Programming Manual W394 for details EM Area without bank E00000 to E327...

Page 778: ...the BCD data has been specified but the range contains binary data ON if the Communications Port Enabled Flag for the com munications port number specified as the Com Port num ber for Background Execu...

Page 779: ...The length of the range depends on the number of units as well as the starting byte if bytes are being used in the calculation Note All of the words in the calculation range must be in the same data...

Page 780: ...tes of data In this case bit 12 determines whether the calculation starts with the rightmost byte of R1 bit 12 1 or the leftmost byte of R1 bit 12 0 Area C R1 D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 CIO 0000...

Page 781: ...onversion FCS value Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if the content of C is not within the specified range of 0001 through FFFF ON if the Communications Port Enabled Flag for the com munications...

Page 782: ...to store data SNUM 638 TB D TB First stack address D Destination word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition SNUM 638 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation SNUM 638 Executed Once for Down...

Page 783: ...0 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to...

Page 784: ...iations Applicable Program Areas Operands TB through TB 3 Stack control words The first four words of the stack contain the PLC memory address of the last word in the stack and the stack pointer the P...

Page 785: ...ial value is the leftmost 4 digits of the PLC memory address for TB 4 15 0 TB 4 TB N 1 Data storage region Area TB C D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H51...

Page 786: ...639 reads the data in the specified word in the stack starting at D00000 and outputs the data to D00100 In this case the stack pointer indicates D00007 and the offset value is 3 so the data is read f...

Page 787: ...D00008 D00009 A D00000 D00001 D00002 D00003 D00004 D00005 D00006 D00007 D00008 D00009 D00100 A 3 PLC memory address Stack pointer Last word in stack Stack pointer Stack pointer Last word in stack PLC...

Page 788: ...igits Stack pointer rightmost 4 digits Initial value is the rightmost 4 digits of the PLC memory address for TB 4 Stack pointer leftmost 4 digits Initial value is the leftmost 4 digits of the PLC memo...

Page 789: ...Examples When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example SWRIT 640 writes the data in D00100 to the specified word in the stack starting at D00000 In this Constants 0001 to FFFB Hexadecimal 0000 to FF...

Page 790: ...D00000 D00001 D00002 D00003 D00004 D00005 D00006 D00007 D00008 D00009 A D00000 D00001 D00002 D00003 D00004 D00005 D00006 D00007 D00008 D00009 D00100 A 3 PLC memory address Stack pointer Last word in s...

Page 791: ...igits Stack pointer rightmost 4 digits Initial value is the rightmost 4 digits of the PLC memory address for TB 4 Stack pointer leftmost 4 digits Initial value is the leftmost 4 digits of the PLC memo...

Page 792: ...er than the address of the last word in the stack TB 1 and TB when SINS 641 is executed a stack overflow error will occur and the source data will not be inserted Constants 0001 to FFFB Hexadecimal 00...

Page 793: ...stination word and shifts the remaining the data in the stack upward The offset value indicates the location of the desired data ele ment how many data elements before the current pointer position Thi...

Page 794: ...hing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK TB 0 15 TB 1 0 15 TB 2 0 15 TB 3 0 15 PLC memory address of the last word in the stack r...

Page 795: ...bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767...

Page 796: ...word and the stack pointer is decremented from D00007 to D00006 Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if the content of the stack pointer TB 3 and TB 2 is less than or equal to the PLC memory address...

Page 797: ...r ON Condition PID 190 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program ar...

Page 798: ...manipulated variable in order to avoid the adverse effects of sud den changes When the execution condition turns ON the PV for the specified sampling period is entered and processing is performed Are...

Page 799: ...ction of proportional operation can be designated as either forward or reverse The upper and lower limits of the manipulated variable output can be desig nated The sampling period can be designated in...

Page 800: ...alue that can be changed while the input condition is ON is the set value for C If any other value is changed be sure to turn the input condition from OFF to ON to enable the new value Example At the...

Page 801: ...D control Reverse operation bit 00 0 PID constant updating timing input condition is ON bit 01 0 Manipulated variable output designation 0 bit 03 0 2 PID parameter 0 65 bits 04 to 15 000 hex Manipulat...

Page 802: ...t Proportional band P 0 1 to 999 9 Integral constant Tik 1 to 8191 9999 No integral action for sampling period multiple 9999 Derivative constant Tdk 0 to 8191 No derivative action for sampling period...

Page 803: ...d Sets the period for executing the PID action 0001 to 270F hex 1 to 9999 0 01 to 99 99 s in units of 10 ms Not allowed Bits 04 to 15 of C 5 2 PID parameter The input filter coefficient Nor mally use...

Page 804: ...ariable when PID control is started i e when the input turns ON Bit 14 0 and bit 13 0 Start from same integral manipu lated value as manipulated vari able output designation Pre Ver 4 0 operation Bit...

Page 805: ...and within that band the manipulated vari able MV is made proportional to the deviation An example for reverse oper ation is shown in the following illustration If the proportional action is used and...

Page 806: ...riginal status A correction is executed with the manipulated variable made proportional to the incline derivative coefficient caused by the deviation The strength of the derivative action is indicated...

Page 807: ...l directions In either direction the MV increases as the difference between the SV and the PV increases Forward action MV is increased when the PV is larger than the SV Reverse action MV is increased...

Page 808: ...operation is tied up by overshooting and undershooting it is probably because integral action is too strong The hunting will be reduced if the integral time is increased or the propor tional band is...

Page 809: ...D CPU Units only Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas PIDAT 191 S C D S Input word C First parameter word D Output word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition PIDAT 191 Executed...

Page 810: ...nipulated variable output limit control C 7 C 8 0 15 C 11 C 40 C 9 C 10 0 15 0 15 12 14 13 0 0 0 Manipulated variable output lower limit Manipulated variable output upper limit Work area 30 words Cann...

Page 811: ...es When the execution condition turns ON the PV for the specified sampling period is entered and processing is performed Autotuning The status of the AT Command Bit bit 15 of C 9 is checked every cycl...

Page 812: ...interrupted PID Control The number of valid input data bits within the 16 bits of the PV input S is designated by the input range setting in C 6 bits 08 to 11 For example if 12 bits 4 hex is designat...

Page 813: ...ondition is ON When any other values have been changed be sure to change the execution condition from OFF to ON to enable the new settings Set value SV in C Can be changed during PID control only An S...

Page 814: ...d C 1 Proportional band The parameter for P action expressing the proportional con trol range total control range 0001 to 270F hex 1 to 9999 0 1 to 999 9 in units of 0 1 Can be changed with input cond...

Page 815: ...unit Determines the unit for express ing the integral and derivative constants 1 Sampling period multiple 9 Time unit 100 ms Bits 00 to 03 of C 6 Output range The number of output data bits The numbe...

Page 816: ...onal band P integral constant Tik or derivative constant is changed after CIO 000000 turns ON At the rising edge of W 000000 OFF to ON SETB 532 turns ON bit 15 of D00209 C 9 and starts autotuning When...

Page 817: ...1 2 PID parameter 0 65 bits 04 to 15 000 hex Manipulated variable output range 12 bits bits 00 to 03 4 hex Integral derivative constant time designation bits 04 to 07 9 hex Input range 12 bits bits 08...

Page 818: ...ting Autotuning Before Completion Autotuning can be interrupted by turning bit 15 of D00209 C 9 from ON to OFF PID control will be restarted with the P I and D constants that were in effect before aut...

Page 819: ...IO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W510 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H510 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to 959 A000 to A958 A...

Page 820: ...r equal to the lower limit C and less than or equal to the upper limit C 1 the input data S will be output to D Flags Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047...

Page 821: ...Flag will turn ON Example If D00100 is 0050 hex 80 then 0064 hex 100 will be output to D00300 because 80 is less than the lower limit of 100 If D00100 is 00C8 hex 200 then 0064 hex 100 will be output...

Page 822: ...000 to W510 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H510 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A000 to A958 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4094 T0000 to T4095 Count...

Page 823: ...ata S is greater than the upper limit the Greater Than Flag will turn ON If the output word D is 0000 hex the Equals Flag will turn ON If the input data S is less than the lower limit the Less Than Fl...

Page 824: ...Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area S C D CIO...

Page 825: ...If the output data is smaller than the 8000 hex or if is greater than 7FFF the sign will be reversed For example for a negative bias value of FF00 hex and input data of 8000 hex the output data will b...

Page 826: ...e is less than 0 and the resulting value will be stored in D00300 If the value of D00100 is 0 then 0000 hex will be stored in D00300 If the value of D00100 is greater than 0 then a bias of 100 will be...

Page 827: ...o 0000 to 2710 hex 0 00 to 100 00 Input manipulated variable See note 0000 to FFFF hex 0 to 65 535 max Bits 00 to 03 of C specify the manipulated variable range i e the number of valid bits in the man...

Page 828: ...CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6137 CIO 000000 to CIO 614315 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W505 W00000 to W51115 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H505 H00000 to H51115 Auxiliary...

Page 829: ...perform time proportional control of a heater proportional control of the ON OFF ratio Combining TPO 685 with a PID Control Instruction When combining TPO 685 with a PID control instruction the manipu...

Page 830: ...ratio Setting range for S 0000 to 2710 hex 0 00 to 100 00 1 hex Manipulated variable Setting range for S 0000 to FFFF hex 0 to 65 535 The maximum setting depends on the MV range set with bits 00 to 03...

Page 831: ...diagrams show the operation of each input read timing setting Input time setting 0 Use the beginning value of the control period Input read timing Description 0 Use the beginning value of the control...

Page 832: ...overshooting when using time proportional control to control heating and using a relatively long control period 100 a 0 45 s a 0 55 s a 0 80 s 80 70 55 0 a 0 20 s 70 target is kept Control period a C...

Page 833: ...io will be adjusted and the output will be turned OFF sooner If the duty ratio rises again after that the ratio will be adjusted again and the output will be turned ON This process is repeated continu...

Page 834: ...0000 TPO D00000 D05000 002001 S C D D00200 D00201 D00206 D05000 S C R 4 4 1 PV input PID parameters Manipulated variable Manipulated variable Parameters Pulse output Set value SV Proportional band P W...

Page 835: ...ty ratio input read initial value and enable output limit function Control period 1 00 s Output lower limit 20 00 Output upper limit 80 00 0 to 100 00 Do not set Do not set Do not set 0 to 2710 hex TP...

Page 836: ...rea H000 to H511 H000 to H508 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A000 to A956 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4092 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4092...

Page 837: ...esults of analog signal conversion values from Analog Input Units according to user defined scale parameters For example if a 1 to 5 V input to an Analog Input Unit is input to memory as 0000 to 0FA0...

Page 838: ...D00103 and the result is output to D00200 Negative Values An Analog Input Unit actually inputs values from FF38 to 1068 hexadecimal for 0 8 to 5 2 V SCL 194 however can handle only unsigned binary val...

Page 839: ...lso be used by setting As Bs and Ar Br The follow ing relationship will result Reverse scaling can be used for example to convert reverse scale 1 to 5 V 0000 to 0FA0 hexadecimal to 0300 to 0000 respec...

Page 840: ...e for ON Condition SCL2 486 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation SCL2 486 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program ar...

Page 841: ...olute BCD conversion value and the sign will be indicated by the Carry Flag The result can thus be between 9999 and 9999 If the result is less than 9999 9999 will be output as the result If the result...

Page 842: ...n the result word is negative Examples Scaling 1 to 5 V Analog Input to 0 to 300 In the following example it is assumed that an analog signal from 1 to 5 V is converted and input to CIO 0205 as 0000 t...

Page 843: ...O 2005 to a value between 0200 and 0200 BCD When CIO 000000 is ON the contents of CIO 2005 is scaled using the linear function defined by X 0FA0 Y 0400 and the offset 07D0 These values are contained i...

Page 844: ...n the same area SCL3 487 S P1 R S Source word P1 First parameter word R Result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition SCL3 487 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation SCL3 487 Executed...

Page 845: ...he nearest integer Area S P1 R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6139 CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W507 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H507 H000...

Page 846: ...f S is not BCD or if the value for X C 1 is not between 0001 and 9999 BCD The Equals Flag will turn ON when the contents of the result word D is 0000 The Negative Flag will turn ON if the MSB of the r...

Page 847: ...1 and 0040 hexadecimal 0 to 64 cycles R Result Word and R 1 First Work Area Word R will contain the average value after the specified number of cycles R 1 pro vides information on the averaging proces...

Page 848: ...R N 1 Used by system Previous value 1 Previous value N R Average R 1 Processing information Average Valid Flag OFF Not valid AVG 195 has not yet been executed the specified number of cycles ON Valid A...

Page 849: ...irst time the program is executed at the start of operation If AVG 195 is to be executed in the first program scan clear the First Work Area Word from the program If N Number of Cycles contains 0000 a...

Page 850: ...ged On the third and later cycles AVG 195 calculates the average value of the contents of D01002 to D01004 and writes that average value to D01000 S D00100 N D00200 R CIO 0300 R 1 CIO 0301 R 2 CIO 030...

Page 851: ...outine with the specified subroutine number The sub routine is the program section between SBN 092 and RET 093 When the SBS 091 N N Subroutine number Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition SB...

Page 852: ...Subroutines can be nested up to 16 levels Nesting is when another subrou tine is called from within a subroutine program such as shown in the following example which is nested to 3 levels Subroutine...

Page 853: ...s executed more than once in the same cycle In the following example subroutine 0001 is executed when CIO 000000 is ON and CIO 000100 is turned ON by DIFU 013 when CIO 000001 has gone from OFF to ON I...

Page 854: ...and ILC 003 When SBS 091 is executed in the following cases the subroutine will not actually be called and the Error Flag will be turned ON 1 2 3 1 The specified subroutine is not defined within the...

Page 855: ...ample subroutine 1 is executed and program execution returns to the next instruction after SBS 091 1 When CIO 000001 is ON subroutine 2 is executed and program execution returns to the next instructio...

Page 856: ...n subroutine 1 and program execution returns to the next instruction after SBS 091 2 when sub routine 2 is completed Execution of subroutine 1 continues and program exe cution returns to the next inst...

Page 857: ...ons 1 5 2 4 3 CIO 000000 ON CIO 000001 ON 1 2 2 1 A S1 1 S2 S1 2 B A S1 1 S1 2 B A B A B Subroutine 1 Subroutine 2 Order of execution MCRO 099 N S D N Subroutine number S First input parameter word D...

Page 858: ...ne is completed the contents of A604 through A607 macro area outputs are copied to D through D 3 and program execution continues with the next instruction after MCRO 099 Block program areas Step progr...

Page 859: ...ing example two MCRO 099 instruc tions pass different input and output data to subroutine 1 1 2 3 1 The first MCRO 099 instruction passes the input data in CIO 0100 to CIO 0103 and executes the subrou...

Page 860: ...tes in the same way but the input data in CIO 0200 to CIO 0203 is passed to A600 to A603 and the output data in A604 to A607 is passed to CIO 0400 to CIO 0403 D 0300 D 1 0301 D 2 0302 D 3 0303 A604 A6...

Page 861: ...subrou tine number The end of the subroutine is indicated by RET 093 The region of the program beginning at the first SBN 092 instruction is the subroutine region A subroutine is executed only when it...

Page 862: ...ed Note The input method for the subroutine number N is different for the CX Pro grammer and a Programming Console Input 0 to 1023 on the CX Program mer and 0000 to 1023 on a Programming Console Be su...

Page 863: ...subrou tines Example When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example subroutine 10 is executed and program execution returns to the next instruction after the SBS 091 or MCRO 099 instruction that call...

Page 864: ...nnot be called Precautions When the subroutine is not being executed the instructions are treated as NOP 000 Example See 3 19 3 SUBROUTINE ENTRY SBN 092 for examples of the operation of RET 093 3 19 5...

Page 865: ...bal subrou tine number to call that program from the different tasks The program can be modularized by making global subroutines into standard subroutines that are common to many tasks The global subr...

Page 866: ...GRET 752 can be defined in interrupt task 0 B A END A GSBN n GRET C A B GSBS n 000000 C GSBS n 000001 Execution condition ON Execution condition ON Main program Cyclic or interrupt task Cyclic or int...

Page 867: ...or up down differentiated instructions in sub routines The operation of differentiated instructions in a global subroutine is unpredict able if a subroutine is executed more than once in the same cyc...

Page 868: ...3 or DIFD 014 would remain ON if the instruction was executed and the output was turned ON but the same global subroutine was not called a second time In the following example global subroutine 0001 i...

Page 869: ...than once When GSBS 750 is executed in the following cases the global subroutine will not actually be called and the Error Flag will be turned ON 1 2 3 1 The specified global subroutine is not defined...

Page 870: ...t instruction after GSBS 750 Example 2 Two or more global subroutine programs can be programmed in interrupt task 0 In this case interrupt task 0 can be divided and used as the subroutine function s t...

Page 871: ...000000 GSBN 1 GSBN 2 GRET GRET 000001 CIO 000000 ON Cyclic or interrupt task It is possible to debug problems within particular tasks by using regular subroutines in the local task only as well as gl...

Page 872: ...number must be between the range 0 to 255 decimal Operand Specifications Note For CJ1M CPU11 and CJ1M CPU21 CPU Units the range is 0 to 255 deci mal Description GSBN 751 indicates the beginning of th...

Page 873: ...uding extra cyclic tasks and interrupt tasks Precautions When the subroutine is not being executed the instructions are treated as NOP 000 Place the global subroutine region GSBN 751 to GRET 752 in in...

Page 874: ...ing Console Always place the global subroutines in interrupt task 0 An error will occur if a global subroutine is called and the subroutine is not in interrupt task 0 The step instructions STEP 008 an...

Page 875: ...ates the end of a global subroutine and GSBN 751 indicates the beginning of a global subroutine See 3 19 6 GLOBAL SUBROUTINE ENTRY GSBN 751 for more details on the operation of global subroutines When...

Page 876: ...IORD 222 or IOWR 223 is being executed within an interrupt task to refresh I O in a Special I O Unit cyclic refreshing with that Special I O Unit must be disabled in the PLC Setup If cyclic refreshin...

Page 877: ...terrupt number Furthermore the recorded interrupt is not cleared until its interrupt task has been com pleted so a new interrupt input will be ignored if it is received while its inter rupt task is be...

Page 878: ...and an IORF 097 FIORF 225 CJ1 H R only IORD 222 or IOWR 223 instruction is executed for the same Special I O Unit there will be duplicate refreshing and an Interrupt Task Error will occur Interrupt Ta...

Page 879: ...upt tasks are stopped Use MSKS 690 to enable the I O interrupts and timer interrupts so that the corresponding interrupt tasks can be executed Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas MSKS 69...

Page 880: ...y the Interrupt Input Unit s unit number 0 Unit number 0 interrupt tasks 100 to 107 1 Unit number 1 interrupt tasks 108 to 115 2 Unit number 2 interrupt tasks 116 to 123 3 Unit number 3 interrupt task...

Page 881: ...terrupt task 142 13 Interrupt input 3 interrupt task 143 C Interrupt mask 0000 hex Up differentiation Detect rising edge 0001 hex Down differentiation Detect falling edge Operand Contents N Specify th...

Page 882: ...Enable interrupt Reset internal timer value and then start timer with an interrupt interval between 1 and 9 999 ms 0 1 ms 5 to 9 999 decimal 0005 to 270F hex Enable interrupt Reset internal timer val...

Page 883: ...by setting C to 0 With this function MSKS 690 can con trol whether or not each scheduled task is executed When MSKS 690 is used to restart the internal timer the time from the execution of MSKS 690 t...

Page 884: ...uled interrupt time is set using MSKS 690 0 10 ms default 1 1 0 ms 2 0 1 ms CJ1M and CJ1 H R CPU Units only Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if N is not within the specified range of 0 to 5 0 to...

Page 885: ...ly 2 If Interrupt Task Error Detection is enabled in the PLC Setup the Interrupt Task Error Flag will turn ON if the following conditions occur for the same Special I O Unit There is a conflict betwee...

Page 886: ...errupt task number 2 15 ms 15 ms 15 ms MSKS 4 15 W00000 4 0 W00001 N C N C 2 Execution of MSKS 690 Interrupt stopped MSKS MSKR 692 N D N Interrupt number D Destination word Variations Executed Each Cy...

Page 887: ...ts N Specify the Interrupt Input Unit s unit number 0 Unit number 0 interrupt tasks 100 to 107 1 Unit number 1 interrupt tasks 108 to 115 2 Unit number 2 interrupt tasks 116 to 123 3 Unit number 3 int...

Page 888: ...sk 141 12 Interrupt input 2 interrupt task 142 13 Interrupt input 3 interrupt task 143 D 0000 hex Up differentiation Detect rising edge 0001 hex Down differentiation Detect falling edge Operand Conten...

Page 889: ...0 to 9 999 decimal 0000 to 270F hex Interrupt timer PV between 0 and 99 990 ms 1 ms 0 to 9 999 decimal 0000 to 270F hex Interrupt timer PV between 1 and 9 999 ms 0 1 ms 0 to 9 999 decimal 0000 to 270...

Page 890: ...d ule Interrupt Interval in the PLC Setup Flags Precautions MSKR 692 can be executed in the main program or in interrupt tasks Operation Examples Example for CS1W INT01 CJ1W INT01 When CIO 000000 turn...

Page 891: ...ms Cyclic task 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms MSKR 5 D00100 W00000 N D Scheduled interrupt task number 3 24 ms 12 ms 12 ms Execution of MSKR Reads 24 Execution of MSKS Interrupt enabled 12 ms Execution of MSKR Rea...

Page 892: ...to 123 3 Unit number 3 interrupt tasks 124 to 131 C Set to 0000 to 00FF hex Bits 0 to 7 correspond to each interrupt task Individual bit settings are as follows 0 Retain the recorded interrupt 1 Clea...

Page 893: ...nput 0 interrupt task 2 11 High speed counter input 1 interrupt task 3 C 0000 hex Retain the recorded interrupt 0001 hex Clear the recorded interrupt Area N C CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W...

Page 894: ...LI 691 clears or retains the recorded high speed counter interrupt either target or range comparison specified by N Flags Interrupts have different priority levels A power OFF interrupt is given the h...

Page 895: ...en a CS1D CPU Unit for Single CPU System or a CS1 H CJ1 H or CJ1M CPU Unit is being used and the power OFF interrupt task is disabled it is pos sible to disable power OFF interrupt processing simultan...

Page 896: ...The following word is in the Auxiliary Area Precautions All interrupt tasks will remain disabled until EI 694 is executed DI 693 cannot be executed from an interrupt task DI 693 cannot be executed fo...

Page 897: ...is ON in the following example DI 693 disables all inter rupt tasks other than the power OFF interrupt task DI END DI END DI instruction is valid Interrupt tasks are executed under registered conditi...

Page 898: ...he CPU Unit will not be reset even if a power interruption is detected The CPU Unit will be reset after all of the instruction s between DI 693 and EI 694 have been executed Refer to 3 20 4 DISABLE IN...

Page 899: ...ere disabled by DI 693 Note When the power OFF interrupt task is disabled for a CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M CPU Unit or CS1D CPU Unit for Single CPU System power OFF processing will also be enabled at the same t...

Page 900: ...Input Unit 0 When interrupt input 3 goes from OFF to ON execution of the main program will be interrupted and I O interrupt task 3 interrupt task 103 will be exe cuted Execution of the main program e...

Page 901: ...xecuted all of the inputs will be recorded and the interrupt tasks will be executed in order after interrupt task 3 is completed The interrupt tasks are executed in order of their priority from the lo...

Page 902: ...d the time to the first sched uled interrupt set with CLI 691 has passed the task currently being processed will be interrupted and the scheduled interrupt task will be executed When the scheduled int...

Page 903: ...essing is disabled by executing MSKS 690 with a time interval of 0000 The following timing chart shows the operation of the example listed above Precautions Be sure that the scheduled time interval is...

Page 904: ...is section describes instructions used to control the high speed counters and pulse outputs 3 21 1 MODE CONTROL INI 880 CJ1M CPU21 22 23 Only Purpose INI 880 can be used to execute the following opera...

Page 905: ...80 P C NV P Port specifier C Control data NV First word with new PV Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition INI 880 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation INI 880 Executed Once for Downward...

Page 906: ...M Area D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank EM Area with bank Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 Constants See descrip tion of oper a...

Page 907: ...ting range Pulse output P 0000 or 0001 hex The present value of the pulse output is changed The new value is speci fied in NV and NV 1 Note This instruction can be executed only when pulse output is s...

Page 908: ...ntly out putting pulses ON if changing the PV of a high speed counter is speci fied for a port that is not specified for a high speed counter ON if a value that is out of range is specified as the PV...

Page 909: ...ifier C Control data D First destination word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition PRV 881 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation PRV 881 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not su...

Page 910: ...ng method for high fre quency supported only by CJ1M CPU Units Ver 3 0 or later C PRV 881 function Variations D D 1 0 15 D PV 0 15 Lower word of PV Upper word of PV 2 word PV Pulse output PV high spee...

Page 911: ...ed OK See note Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed 0010 or 0011 hex High speed counter input OK OK OK OK high speed counter 0 only OK See note high speed counter 0 only OK See note high speed counter...

Page 912: ...ror Pulse Output Status Flag OFF Constant speed ON Accelerating decelerating PV Overflow Underflow Flag OFF Normal ON Error Pulse Output Amount Set Flag OFF Not set ON Set Pulse Output Completed Flag...

Page 913: ...can be selected by setting the rightmost two digits of C Low frequency counting At frequencies below 1 kHz the Standard Calculation Method is used regardless of the sampling time setting Value of P C...

Page 914: ...the total number of revolutions The result is output to the destination words as 8 digit hexadecimal Pulses can be input from high speed counter 0 only This instruction is supported only by the CJ1M...

Page 915: ...e Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK C1 PRV2 883 function 0 0 hex See note Converts frequency to rotation speed 0001...

Page 916: ...f C is 1 PRV2 883 calculates the rotation speed in r s from the frequency data and pulses revolution setting Rotation speed r s Frequency Pulses revolution Rotation Speed Units r h CJM1 CPU Unit Ver 3...

Page 917: ...er of pulses within a fixed interval the sampling time and calculates the fre quency from that count One of the following three sampling times can be selected by the third digit of C1 Low frequency co...

Page 918: ...Units only Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operands P Port Specifier P specifies the port for which pulses are to be counted as shown in the follow ing table PRV2 0000 0003 D00200 00...

Page 919: ...INI 880 0003 hex Registers a range comparison table Comparison is started with INI 880 TB 1 TB 2 TB 3 TB 0 15 0 3 4 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 12 14 15 TB 142 TB 143 TB 144 Lower word of target value 1 Upp...

Page 920: ...02 or 0003 hex If C is set to 0002 or 0003 hex a comparison table will be registered but com parison will not be started Comparison is started with INI 880 Registering a Comparison Table and Starting...

Page 921: ...set in the table as the direction for comparison 3 If the count direction changes while the PV equals a target value that was reached in the direction opposite to that set as the comparison direction...

Page 922: ...P or C is exceeded ON if the number of target values specified for target value comparison is set to 0 ON if the number of target values specified for target value comparison exceeds 48 ON if the same...

Page 923: ...reas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK P Port 0000 hex Pulse output 0 0001 hex Pulse output 1 0 3 4 7 8 11 12 15 M Mode 0 hex Continuous 1 hex Independent Direction 0 hex CW 1 hex CCW Pulse outp...

Page 924: ...PULS 886 in advance have been output In continuous mode pulse output will continue until stopped from the program An error will occur if the mode is changed between independent and continu ous mode wh...

Page 925: ...ction Starting pulse output To output with spec ified speed Changing the speed fre quency in one step Outputs pulses at a specified frequency SPED 885 Con tinuous Changing settings To change speed in...

Page 926: ...ent Stopping pulse output To stop pulse out put Num ber of pulses setting is not pre served Immediate stop Stops the pulse out put immediately and clears the number of output pulses set ting PULS 886...

Page 927: ...eeded ON if PLS2 887 or ORG 889 is already being executed to control pulse output for the specified port ON if SPED 885 or INI 880 is used to change the mode between continuous and independent output...

Page 928: ...pulses the set number of pulses the PV Operand Specifications Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK P Port 0000 hex Pulse output 0 0001 hex Pulse output 1 T P...

Page 929: ...he range of the PV of the pulse output amount 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 Example When CIO 000000 turns ON in the following programming example PULS 886 sets the number of output pulses for pulse o...

Page 930: ...instruction is supported by CJ1M CPU21 22 23 CPU Units only Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operands P Port Specifier The port specifier indicates the port M Output Mode The content...

Page 931: ...et frequency 1 to 100 000 Hz 0000 0000 to 0001 86A0 hex Specify the frequency after acceleration in Hz Acceleration rate Deceleration rate 1 to 2 000 Hz 0001 to 07D0 hex 1 to 2 000 Hz 0001 to 07D0 hex...

Page 932: ...he instruction or an execution condition that is turned ON only for one scan PLS2 887 can be used only for positioning With the CJ1M CPU Units PLS2 887 can be executed during pulse output for ACC 888...

Page 933: ...tes PLS2 887 PLS2 887 PULS 886 ACC 888 Indepen dent PLS2 887 To change target position Changing the tar get position dur ing positioning multiple start function PLS2 887 can be exe cuted during positi...

Page 934: ...ulses setting is not pre served Immediate stop Stops the pulse output immediately and clears the number of output pulses PLS2 887 INI 880 Stop pulse out put smoothly Number of pulses setting is not pr...

Page 935: ...iption Procedure instruction Change from speed control to fixed distance positioning during oper ation PLS2 887 can be exe cuted during a speed control operation started with ACC 888 to change to posi...

Page 936: ...in combination with PULS 886 ACC 888 can also be executed during pulse output to change the target frequency or acceleration deceleration rate enabling smooth sloped speed changes This instruction is...

Page 937: ...rupt tasks OK OK OK OK P Port 0000 hex Pulse output 0 0001 hex Pulse output 1 0 3 4 7 8 11 12 15 M Mode 0 hex Continuous mode 1 hex Independent mode Direction 0 hex CW 1 hex CCW Pulse output method Se...

Page 938: ...7 can be executed during pulse output for ACC 888 in either independent or continuous mode and during accelera tion constant speed or deceleration See note ACC 888 can also be exe cuted during pulse o...

Page 939: ...yline curve during operation Changes the accel eration or decelera tion rate during acceleration or deceleration ACC 888 Continu ous ACC 888 Continu ous Decelerating to a stop The deceleration rate is...

Page 940: ...in the ACC 888 operand will be ignored if the number of pulses is set with PULS 881 as an absolute value Stopping pulse output To stop pulse out put Immediate stop Immediately stops pulse output ACC...

Page 941: ...m ber of pulses set ting is not preserved Immediate stop Pulse output is stopped immedi ately and the remaining number of output pulses is cleared PULS 886 ACC 888 Indepen dent INI 880 To stop pulseou...

Page 942: ...PLS2 887 Time Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if the specified range for P M or S is exceeded ON if pulses are being output using ORG 889 for the specified port ON if ACC 888 is executed to swit...

Page 943: ...e the pulses will be output C Control Data The value of C determines the origin search method Operand Specifications ORG 889 P C P Port specifier C Control data Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON C...

Page 944: ...gram Pulses are then output at constant speed until the Origin Input Signal turns ON 5 in diagram Pulse output is stopped when the Origin Input Signal turns ON 6 in diagram When the origin search oper...

Page 945: ...Origin Proximity Input Signal Stop Origin Input Signal Time Origin search acceleration rate Origin search deceleration rate A B C D E Pulse frequency ORG 889 executed Origin return target speed Origi...

Page 946: ...100 pps Pulse output 0 Origin return CW CWW method Time Speed ORG 889 executed Output stopped Parameter Setting Pulse Output 0 Starting Speed for Origin Search and Origin Return 0000 0064 hex 100 pps...

Page 947: ...red Pulse output is started each time PWM 891 is executed It is thus normally sufficient to use the differentiated version PWM 891 of the instruction or an execution condition that is turned ON only f...

Page 948: ...range for P F or D is exceeded ON if pulses are being output using ORG 889 for the specified port ON if PWM 891 is executed in an interrupt task when an instruction controlling pulse output is being e...

Page 949: ...start of each process and specified the control bit for it It is also placed at the end of the step programming area after the last SNXT 009 to indicate the end of the step programming area When it a...

Page 950: ...N Condition STEP 008 SNXT 009 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block pro...

Page 951: ...08 functionS in following 2 ways depending on its position and whether or not a control bit has been specified 1 2 3 1 Starts a specific step 2 Ends the step programming area i e step execution Starti...

Page 952: ...m the same word SNXT 009 will be executed only once i e on the rising edge of the execution condition Input SNXT 009 at the end of the step programming area and make sure that the control bit is a dum...

Page 953: ...Within Step Programs The instructions that cannot be used within step programs are listed in the fol lowing table Related Bits Function Mnemonic Name Sequence Control Instruc tions END 001 END IL 002...

Page 954: ...s Section 3 22 Step a starts when C turns ON A executed When d turns ON b starts A is interlocked B executed e turns ON B is interlocked End of step programming area Normal ladder program Returns to n...

Page 955: ...00000 W00000 turns OFF W00001 turns ON and step W00001 starts Step W00001 starts from the next instruction W00001 turns OFF and dummy bit W10000 turns ON End of step programming area Step W00001 End o...

Page 956: ...Step C ladder program Step B ladder program Step A ladder program W00000 W00001 W00002 Step A Step B Step C End 000005 Step C reset conditions 000001 Step A starting condition 000002 Step B starting...

Page 957: ...ed for W00002 the branch ing moves onto the next steps even though the same control bit is used twice This is not picked up as an error in the program check using the CX Program mer A duplicate bit er...

Page 958: ...002 W00004 Step A Step B Step C End 000005 Step C reset conditions Step D Step E 000004 When both Step B and Step D are complete moves to Step E 000003 Step C Step D transition condition 000001 Step A...

Page 959: ...p Instructions Section 3 22 Step A ladder program Step W00000 A Step W00001 B Step B ladder program Step W00002 C Step C ladder program Step W00003 D Step D ladder program Step W00004 E Step E ladder...

Page 960: ...ors SW1 SW2 SW3 and SW4 are positioned to signal when processes are to start and end The following diagram demonstrates the flow of processing and the switches that are used for execution control The...

Page 961: ...09 W00000 000002 STEP 008 W00000 000100 LD 000002 000101 SNXT 009 W00001 000102 STEP 008 W00001 000100 LD 000003 000101 SNXT 009 W00002 000102 STEP 008 W00002 000200 LD 000004 000201 SNXT 009 W00003 0...

Page 962: ...g diagram demonstrates the flow of processing and the switches that are used for execution control Here either process A or process B is used depending on the status of SW A1 and SW B1 SW A1 SW B1 SW...

Page 963: ...OT 000002 000002 SNXT 009 010000 000003 LD NOT 000001 000004 AND 000002 000005 SNXT 009 010001 000006 STEP 008 010000 000100 LD 000003 000101 SNXT 009 010002 000102 STEP 008 010001 000100 LD 000004 00...

Page 964: ...nstruction line and are always executed together starting steps for both A and C When the steps for both A and C have finished the steps for process B and D begin immediately When both process B and p...

Page 965: ...001 000001 SNXT 009 W00000 000002 SNXT 009 W00002 000003 STEP 008 W00000 000100 LD 000002 000101 SNXT 009 W00001 000102 STEP 008 W00001 Process A Process B Process C Process D Process E Instruction Op...

Page 966: ...SPECIAL I O UNIT I O REFRESH FIORF 225 930 CPU BUS UNIT I O REFRESH DLNK 226 933 7 SEGMENT DECODER SDEC 078 938 INTELLIGENT I O READ IORD 222 963 INTELLIGENT I O WRITE IOWR 223 968 DIGITAL SWITCH INP...

Page 967: ...th C200H Special I O Units and CS Special I O Units can be refreshed using the same instruction CS Series only All of the words allocated to C200H Group 2 High density I O Units must be refreshed at o...

Page 968: ...process ing of specific I O data with an interrupt If IORF 097 is used in an interrupt task always disable cyclic refreshing of the specified Special I O Unit by turn ing ON the corresponding Special...

Page 969: ...2 SPECIAL I O UNIT I O REFRESH FIORF 225 Purpose Performs I O refreshing immediately for the specified Special I O Unit s allo cated CIO Area and DM Area words t with the specified unit number This i...

Page 970: ...C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_0...

Page 971: ...097 I O refreshing of words used by Basic I O Units I O refreshing of the CIO words and DM words used by Special I O Units FIORF 225 I O refreshing of the CIO words and DM words used by a Spe cial I...

Page 972: ...RF 097 or FIORF 225 is not executed within 11 seconds to refresh the Unit s data a CPU Unit Monitor Error will occur in the Special I O Unit and the ERH and RUN Indicators will be lit Operation Exampl...

Page 973: ...s Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area N CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Ar...

Page 974: ...efreshing with a CPU Bus Unit if that Unit is currently exchanging data If DLNK 226 is executed too frequently I O refreshing will not be performed We recommend allowing a delay between executions of...

Page 975: ...is case a Controller Link Unit If I O refreshing cannot be performed because the Controller Link Unit is refreshing data the Equals Flag will be turned OFF causing W001 to be turned ON so that the ins...

Page 976: ...s input was received from the network the last time that the token right was acquired The data received is delayed up to 1 communications cycle time max Examples of Data Transfer Processing Transferri...

Page 977: ...78 S Di D S Source word Di Digit designator D First destination word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition SDEC 078 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation SDEC 078 Executed Once for Downwa...

Page 978: ...rea D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0...

Page 979: ...n a destination word receives con verted data the other byte is left unchanged Examples When CIO 000000 turns ON in the following example the contents of the 3 digits beginning with digit 1 in D00100...

Page 980: ...0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 06 2 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 5B 3 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 4F 4 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 66 5 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 6D 6 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 7D 7 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 27 8 1 0...

Page 981: ...C1 Number of Digits Specifies the number of digits that will be read from the external digital switch Set C1 to 0000 hex to read 4 digits or 0001 hex to read 8 digits C2 System Word Specifies a work...

Page 982: ...959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 E00000 to E32767 EM Area with ba...

Page 983: ...program unlike the C200HX HG HE and CQM1H Series External Connections Connect the digital switch or thumbwheel switch to Input Unit contacts 0 to 7 and Output Unit contacts 0 to 4 as shown in the foll...

Page 984: ...MAC BUS Remote I O Slave Rack Communications Slaves DeviceNet or CompoBus S Slaves Example In this example DSW 210 is used to read an 8 digit number from a digital switch and outputs the resulting val...

Page 985: ...to 8 digits will be stored D2 Key Input Word Bits 00 to 10 of D2 indicate key inputs When one of the keys on the keypad 0 to 9 has been pressed the corresponding bit of D2 0 to 9 is turned ON Bit 10...

Page 986: ...s pressed ON when the corre sponding key is press ed Remains on until another key is pressed Area I D1 D2 CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511...

Page 987: ...from the other keys is disabled There is no restriction on the number of times that TKY 211 can appear in the program unlike the C200HX HG HE and CQM1H Series External Connections Connect the ten key...

Page 988: ...nnected to CIO 0100 allocated to a CS1W ID211 16 point DC Input Unit 3 23 7 HEXADECIMAL KEY INPUT HKY 212 Purpose Reads numeric data from a hexadecimal keypad connected to an Input Unit and Output Uni...

Page 989: ...to the Output Unit as shown in the follow ing diagram HKY 212 I O D C I Input word O Output word D First register word C System word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition HKY 212 Executed O...

Page 990: ...when the corresponding key is pressed Remains on until another key is pressed C 15 0 System word Cannot be accessed by the user Area I O D C CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6141 CIO 0000...

Page 991: ...When executed HKY 212 begins reading the key input data from the first selection signal regardless of the point at which the last instruction was stopped The two word register in D1 and D1 1 operates...

Page 992: ...ts with 8 or more input points Transistor Output Units with 8 or more output points Timing Chart 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 COM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 COM ID212 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 COM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 COM OD212...

Page 993: ...tores the data in D00000 and D00001 The hexa decimal keypad is connected through CIO 0100 allocated to a CS1W ID211 16 point DC Input Unit and CIO 0200 allocated to a CS1W OD211 16 point Transistor Ou...

Page 994: ...irst Register Word Specifies the leading word address of the 4 words that contain the data from the 8 8 matrix 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 I 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Bits 00 to 07 correspond to Input...

Page 995: ...43 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W508 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H508 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 A448 to A956 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T...

Page 996: ...umber of times that MTR 213 can appear in the program unlike the C200HX HG HE and CQM1H Series External Connections Connect the hexadecimal keypad to Input Unit contacts 0 to 3 and Output Unit contact...

Page 997: ...I O Slave Rack Communications Slaves DeviceNet or CompoBus S Slaves Example In this example MTR 213 reads the 64 bits of data from the 8 8 matrix and stores the data in W000 to W003 The 8 8 matrix is...

Page 998: ...d Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition 7SEG 214 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specific...

Page 999: ...0004 Different from Output Unit 0005 Different from Output Unit Same as Output Unit 0006 Different from Output Unit 0007 D 15 0 System word Cannot be accessed by the user Area S O C D CIO Area CIO 00...

Page 1000: ...in the next 12 cycles When executed 7SEG 214 begins on latch output 0 at the beginning of the round regardless of the point at which the last instruction was stopped Even if the connected 7 segment d...

Page 1001: ...6 8 10 12 14 DC OD212 D0 D1 D2 D3 VDD VSS 0 LE3 LE2 LE1 LE0 D0 D1 D2 D3 VDD VSS 0 LE3 LE2 LE1 LE0 7 segment display Leftmost 4 digits Rightmost 4 digits Output Unit Function Bit s in O Output status...

Page 1002: ...display con nected to a CS1W OD211 16 point Transistor Output Unit There are 8 digits of data being output and the 7 segment display s logic is the same as the Output Unit s logic so the control data...

Page 1003: ...O 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W510 W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H510 H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A000 to A958 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 t...

Page 1004: ...Lot numbers indicate the manufacturing date as follows YYMMDD nnnn YY Rightmost two digits of the year MM Month as a numeric value DD Day of month nnnn Serial number CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units Rea...

Page 1005: ...reading is completed Input the condition flags such as the Equals Flag with output branching from the same input conditions as the IORD 222 instruction If the Special I O Unit or CPU Bus Unit is busy...

Page 1006: ...h allows high speed pro cessing of specific I O data with an interrupt If IORD 222 is used in an inter rupt task always disable cyclic refreshing of the specified Special I O Unit by turning ON the co...

Page 1007: ...t 8000 to 800F hex to specify unit numbers 0 to F hex S 1 S S CPU Unit Special I O Unit Unit 3 10 words The control code C varies depending on the Special I O Unit Number of words to transfer 10 Unit...

Page 1008: ...to W511 W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A000 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4094 DM Are...

Page 1009: ...Lot numbers indicate the manufacturing date as follows YYMMDD nnnn YY Rightmost two digits of the year MM Month as a numeric value DD Day of month nnnn Serial number CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units Writ...

Page 1010: ...O Unit setting error or a Special I O Unit error is designated A CPU Bus Unit with a CPU Bus Unit setting error or a CPU Bus Unit error is designated When IOWR 223 is executed the execution results a...

Page 1011: ...tion IOWR 223 can be used in an interrupt task which allows high speed pro cessing of specific I O data with an interrupt If IOWR 223 is used in an inter rupt task always disable cyclic refreshing of...

Page 1012: ...D 236 and RXD 235 instructions transfer data only through the CPU Unit s built in serial port or a serial port on a Serial Communications Board Ver 1 2 or later 2 The TXDU 256 and RXDU 255 instruction...

Page 1013: ...ly End Code Data Data Any of the following can be used No Start or End Code Start and End Code Only Start Code CR LF End Code Start and CR LF End Code Header Address The following type of frames messa...

Page 1014: ...and 00FA hex 0 and 250 decimal words can be sent If there is no operand specified in the execution sequence such as a direct or linked word specify the constant 0000 for S If a word address or regist...

Page 1015: ...there is no receive data If a constant is set an error will occur the Error Flag will turn ON and PMCR 260 will not be executed If there is no receive data R will not be used and can be used for other...

Page 1016: ...the receive buffer and stored in the R 1 onward again Flags Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants Specified values only 0000 to 03E7...

Page 1017: ...ta has been written to the specified receive area A N C input for the corresponding Protocol Macro Execution Flag should be used as part of the execution condition whenever executing PMCR 260 to be su...

Page 1018: ...ollows A certain value backup data is set in advance so that the present value will not be read as zero when transmis sion failure occurs while protocol is being executed for reading the present value...

Page 1019: ...tion has been completed The contents of these words is cleared when operation is started Code Contents 1106 hex No corresponding program number Specified Send Receive Sequence No that has not been reg...

Page 1020: ...specified for the symbol in a receive message 2 words of data will be stored starting from D00201 and the number of words received 1 will be written to D00200 Name Address Contents Port 1 Protocol Mac...

Page 1021: ...ted This pre vents the receive area from being temporarily cleared to all zeros by writing the most recent receive data when new receive data is not successfully obtained Specify the number of words o...

Page 1022: ...r if new data is not successfully received Receive buffer Protocol Macro Execution Flag Communica tions Port En abled Flag Always ON Flag Error Recv Error Recv Receive Area Not Held Receive Area Held...

Page 1023: ...iation TXD 236 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK...

Page 1024: ...hen the port s Send Ready Flag is ON The Send Ready Flag is A39205 for the CPU Unit s RS 232C port A35605 for Serial Communications Board port 1 or A35613 for Serial Communications Board port 2 Up to...

Page 1025: ...ied as the send port but no protocol mode is not set in the PLC Setup ON if one of the Serial Communication Board s serial ports is specified as the send port but no protocol mode is not set in the po...

Page 1026: ...gnal control in C TXD 236 will be executed regardless of the status of the Send Ready Flag A39205 A35605 or A35613 depending on the port being used If the TXD 236 instruction is executed for a Board t...

Page 1027: ...162 0 to 15 No protocol Mode Send Delay 0000 to 210F hex 0 to 99 990 ms decimal in 10 ms units 164 8 to 15 No protocol Mode Start Code 00 to FF hex 0 to 7 No protocol Mode End Code 00 to FF hex 165 12...

Page 1028: ...t does not support no protocol mode a Board without a version number S ST 12 34 AB CD EF ED 0 3 0 C D00400 8 12 3 4 15 0 7 11 Byte order 0 Most significant byte to least significant byte RS and ER sig...

Page 1029: ...ration In this example the external device is connected to the RS 232C port built into the CPU Unit First set the reading conditions for the Code Reader C D00400 S D00300 3 0 1 0 0 0 15 14 13 12 0 0 R...

Page 1030: ...ple If CIO 000001 turns ON while the RS 232C Port Send Ready Flag A39205 is ON three bytes of data starting from the upper byte of D00010 are sent without conversion to the Code Reader connected to th...

Page 1031: ...g D00011 RXD D00100 D00020 00002 A39206 A393 RS 232C Port Receive Ready Flag RS 232C Port Reception Counter Always 0 Serial Port Specifier 0 CPU Unit s built in RS 232C port 0 0 0 0 15 8 7 11 12 3 4 0...

Page 1032: ...0 0 3 15 8 7 11 12 3 4 0 C D00400 0 15 13 14 12 S D00300 Turns OFF ER signal 0 0 1 Turns ON RS signal Always 0 Serial Port Specifier 0 CPU Unit s built in RS 232C port RS and ER Signal Control 3 RS a...

Page 1033: ...and 9 No protocol Mode End Code Specifier 0 hex None 1 hex Use end code 2 hex Use CR LF 0 to 7 No protocol Mode Number of Bytes of Data 00 hex 256 bytes default 01 to FF hex 1 to 255 bytes Setup Area...

Page 1034: ...d DR signal monitoring 1 CS signal monitoring 2 DR signal monitoring 3 CS and DR signal monitoring Always 0 Serial port specifier 0 CPU Unit s RS 232C port 1 Serial Communications Board port 1 2 Seria...

Page 1035: ...e port s Receive Ready Flag is ON The Receive Ready Flag is A39206 for the CPU Unit s RS 232C port A35606 for Serial Communications Board port 1 or A35614 for Serial Communications Board port 2 Execut...

Page 1036: ...een ST and ED 256 max Receive bytes before CR LF 256 max Receive bytes between ST and CR LF 256 max When receiving the most signifi cant bytes first is specified 0 Most signifi cant bytes Least signif...

Page 1037: ...stopped if 259 bytes of data are received If more data is input after that the Overrun Error Flag note 5 and Transmission Error Flag note 6 will turn ON When more data is input to the Serial Communica...

Page 1038: ...ode a Serial Communications Board without a version number the Inner Board Service Disabled Flag A42404 non fatal error and the Error Flag will turn ON Note 1 Reception Completed Flags Built in RS232C...

Page 1039: ...block of data in parts If an overrun error framing error or parity error occurs on the CPU Unit s built in serial port serial port reception will stop The serial port must be restarted to begin recept...

Page 1040: ...a is received before the end code is received RS 232C Port Reception Counter A393 Counts in hexadecimal the number of bytes received in no protocol mode Port Name Address Contents Port 1 Reception Com...

Page 1041: ...ied The flag will turn ON when more data is received after reception was completed but before the received data was not read from the buffer with RXD 235 End Code Specified The flag will turn ON when...

Page 1042: ...nit First set the reading conditions for the Code Reader D C D00200 10 0 0 Always 0 Stored This example assumes that both a start and end code have been specified in the PC Setup ST Start code e g 02...

Page 1043: ...n RS 232C port and stored starting from the upper byte of D00100 Item Setting Communications mode No protocol Baud rate 38 400 bps Data bit length 8 bits Parity None Stop bits 1 Start code None End co...

Page 1044: ...0 0 0 3 15 8 7 11 12 3 4 0 C D00400 0 15 13 14 12 D D00100 0 0 1 Turns OFF ER signal Turns ON RS signal Always 0 Serial Port Specifier 0 CPU Unit s built in RS 232C port RS and ER Signal Control 3 RS...

Page 1045: ...de 8 and 9 No protocol Mode End Code Specifier 0 hex None 1 hex Use end code 2 hex Use CR LF 0 to 7 No protocol Mode Number of Bytes of Data 00 hex 256 bytes default 01 to FF hex 1 to 255 bytes Setup...

Page 1046: ...12 C 15 8 0 11 3 7 4 12 C 1 Destination unit address See note Serial Communications Unit s unit address unit number 10 hex Serial port number 0 Specify directly See note 1 Port 1 2 Port 2 Port number...

Page 1047: ...led Flag for the specified logical port A20200 to A20207 for ports 0 to 7 is ON and the TXDU Instruction Executing Flag in the allocated DM Setup Area is OFF Note The logical port number can be alloca...

Page 1048: ...fied in C Nothing will be sent if 0 is specified for N If RS signal control is specified in C bit 15 of S will be used as the RS signal 1 3 5 2 4 6 CR LF CR LF End Code Only End Code Data Data Data Da...

Page 1049: ...9 or n 19 where n CIO 1500 25 unit number is ON To ensure that another TXDU 256 is not executed for the port before the first TXDU 256 is completed program the port s TXDU Instruction Executing Flag...

Page 1050: ...ion is completed These words are cleared to 0000 when PLC opera tion starts Communications Port Error Flags A219 ON when an error occurred during execution of a communications instruction When a flag...

Page 1051: ...al port 1 of the Serial Communications Unit with unit number 2 The 5 bytes of output data are read from the DM Area beginning at the rightmost byte of D00100 and output through logical port 3 to a gen...

Page 1052: ...the serial port number to 0 and setting the Serial Communications Unit s unit address to the serial port s unit address Set the unit address to 80 hex 4 x unit number for port 1 or 81 hex 4 x unit nu...

Page 1053: ...D C N D First destination word C First control word N Number of bytes 0000 to 0100 hex 0 to 256 Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition RXDU 255 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation RXDU 2...

Page 1054: ...lly by setting bits 12 to 15 of C 1 to F For details refer to Automatic Allocation of Communications Ports on page 1033 Area D C D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 CIO 0000 to CIO 61...

Page 1055: ...rt and End Code Number of bytes between ST and ED 256 max Number of bytes up to CR LF 256 max Number of bytes between ST and CR LF 256 max Start and CR LF End Code Serial port on Serial Communications...

Page 1056: ...s stored in memory starting at D the Reception Completed Flag note 1 will turn OFF even if the Reception Over flow Flag note 3 is ON and the Reception Counter note 2 will be cleared to 0 Data will be...

Page 1057: ...ounters n CIO 1500 25 unit number Port 1 n 10 Port 2 n 20 3 Reception Overflow Flags n CIO 1500 25 unit number Port 1 Bit 7 of n 9 Port 2 Bit 7 of n 19 4 Overrun Error Flags n CIO 1500 25 unit number...

Page 1058: ...numbers when communications instructions have been executed Words A203 to A210 correspond to communications ports 0 to 7 The code is 00 while the instruction is being executed and contains the releva...

Page 1059: ...in or restarting the Board n 9 n 19 06 Reception Completed Flag 0 No data received or currently receiving data 1 Reception completed 0 1 The Board or Unit has received the specified number of bytes 1...

Page 1060: ...it number 2 Logical communica tions port number 3 is used to receive the data from a general purpose device such as a bar code reader The 10 bytes of received data are written to the DM Area beginning...

Page 1061: ...F G H I J K L 10 bytes 34 12 ST 56 78 AB CD ST Start code e g 02 hex ED End code e g 03 hex Data received D 3 7 C H E F L I J G K D00103 D00104 EF GH IJ KL ED C 1 D00201 C 1 3 0 88 80 04_Unit No 2 7...

Page 1062: ...rt number 1 hex Peripheral port on CPU Unit or Port 1 on CPU Bus Unit or Inner Board 2 hex Built in RS 232C port on CPU Unit or Port 2 on CPU Bus Unit or Inner Board Settings 3 and 4 hex are reserved...

Page 1063: ...s DR0 to DR15 Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 Area C S Unit address Unit Por...

Page 1064: ...mode to the protocol macro mode CPU Unit Status of communications parameters CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M or CS1D If the PLC is turned OFF and then ON again the communications parameters revert to the settings t...

Page 1065: ...ion 3 24 S D00100 S 1 D00101 S 2 D00102 S 9 D00109 6 6 to to to to Port setting Default Protocol mode 6 hex protocol macro Baud rate Default 9 600 bps Transferred DM words allocated to the communicati...

Page 1066: ...by specifying the network address node number and unit number of the destination Unit In the following example a FINS command is sent to the CPU Unit through node number 2 in network address 00 1 2 3...

Page 1067: ...show three types of network communications com munications from a PLC to other devices in a network communications from a Unit number hexadecimal Destination device 00 Unit number 10 E1 01 Node number...

Page 1068: ...ons from a PLC to serial ports in devices in the network The first shows communications to serial ports in devices in another PLC the CPU Unit CPU Bus Unit or Inner Board and the second shows communic...

Page 1069: ...t Link system the necessary Host Link header and terminator are attached to the FINS command and the command is sent to the host com puter Serial Gateway Communications to a Component or Host Link Sla...

Page 1070: ...uter Host Link It is possible to send FINS commands from a host computer to the PLC to which it is connected as well as other devices in the network CPU Units Spe cial I O Units computers etc In this...

Page 1071: ...struction can be exe cuted at a time for each communications port Exclusive control must be used when more than 8 instructions are executed These 8 communications port numbers are shared by the networ...

Page 1072: ...e ladder program it was necessary to confirm the availability of com munications ports before using them KEEP A DIFU B KEEP C Reset B Reset D Execution condition Communications Port Enabled Flag Local...

Page 1073: ...nabled Flag here for port 0 A20200 b Executing c Executing Communica tions port 1 KEEP Communica tions instruction Communica tions port 0 Communica tions instruction Communica tions port 0 Communica t...

Page 1074: ...A215 00 to 07 First Cycle Flags after Network Communications Error Each flag will turn ON for just one cycle after a communications error occurs Bits 00 to 07 correspond to ports 0 to 7 Use the Used C...

Page 1075: ...s when communications instructions have been exe cuted Words A203 to A210 correspond to communications ports 0 to 7 A219 00 to 07 Communications Port Error Flags ON when an error occurred during execu...

Page 1076: ...communications port number that was automatically allocated is stored in a work word b Used port from A218 Used Communications Port Number Confirms that the First Cycle Flags after Network Communicat...

Page 1077: ...ted When a Executing turns ON a communications instruction SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 or PMCR 260 is executed with the communications port specified as F The communications port number that was automa...

Page 1078: ...composes a FINS command based on the oper ands see note and sends the FINS command to the Communications Unit or other destination node A20201 W00000 A20201 W00001 Communications were previously enabl...

Page 1079: ...s the port s Communications Port Error Flag A21900 to A21907 and Communications Port Completion Code A203 to A210 3 25 2 About Explicit Message Instructions Methods for Using Explicit Message Communic...

Page 1080: ...sage was never sent i e when the flag is ON or if there was an error in the explicit message that was sent i e when the flag is OFF The Communications Port Completion Code will contain 0000 hex after...

Page 1081: ...to 7 will turn ON After completion the Communications Port Completion Code A203 to A210 Communications port No 0 to 7 will contain the FINS message error code OK OK OK OK CPU Unit FINS header FINS hea...

Page 1082: ...ex 0000 hex Communications Port Enabled Flag Explicit Message Instruction Explicit Communications Error Flag Communications Port Error Flag Communications Port Completion Code Instruction being execut...

Page 1083: ...ON when a Executing turns ON and the Communications Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON If the Explicit Communications Error Flag A21300 when execution is completed explicit memory communications were...

Page 1084: ...tically allocated communications port is OFF in A213 i e the bit corresponding to b port Detects when the Explicit Communications Error Flag for the automatically allocated communications port is ON i...

Page 1085: ...f C 1 to 1 for port 1 or 2 for port 2 Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Word Bits 00 to 07 Bits 08 to 15 C Number of words 0001 to maximum allowed1 4 digit...

Page 1086: ...omatic allocation of the communications port number logical port 8 When the destination node number is set to FF broadcast transmission there will be no response even if bits 12 to 15 are set to 0 Por...

Page 1087: ...rticular serial port in the des tination device as well as the device itself Area S D C CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6139 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W507 Holding Bit Area H000 to...

Page 1088: ...data from the PLC to the host computer the next time that the PLC has the right to transmit It is also possible to transmit to other host computers connected to other PLCs elsewhere in the network If...

Page 1089: ...Flag is OFF for the communications port number specified in C 3 OFF in all other cases Name Address Operation Communications Port Enabled Flag A20200 to A20207 These flags are turned ON to indicate th...

Page 1090: ...to the host computer connected to port 1 of the Serial Communications Unit with unit address 10 hex at node number 3 in network 0 It is necessary create a program at the host computer to receive the d...

Page 1091: ...ons from the PLC RECV 098 S D C S First source word remote node D First destination word local node C First control word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition RECV 098 Executed Once for Upwa...

Page 1092: ...ress indicates the Unit as shown in the following table Unit address C 2 bits 00 to 07 Unit Serial port number C 1 bits 08 to 11 Serial port 00 hex CPU Unit 1 hex Built in RS 232C port 2 hex Periphera...

Page 1093: ...rt FD hex 253 decimal RS 232C port FC hex 252 decimal Unit Unit address setting Area S D C CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 CIO 0000 to CIO 6139 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W507 Holding Bit Area H000...

Page 1094: ...n SEND 090 is executed the corresponding Communi cations Port Enabled Flag ports 00 to 07 A20200 to A20207 and Communi cations Port Error Flag ports 00 to 07 A21900 to A21907 will be turned OFF and 00...

Page 1095: ...ave PLC Connected by Serial Gateway The serial gateway function can be used to receive data from a PLC con nected as a host link Slave to a Serial Communications Board or Unit In this case the source...

Page 1096: ...PMCR 260 if the instructions are using the same port number Noise and other factors can cause the transmission or response to be cor rupted or lost so we recommend setting the number of retries to a n...

Page 1097: ...response data are determined by the network with the smallest maximum data lengths 4 Set the destination network address to 00 to transmit within the local net work When two or more CPU Bus Units are...

Page 1098: ...gate way function conversion to host link FINS set the serial port s unit ad dress in the destination network address byte 7 The unit address indicates the Unit as shown in the following table Unit ad...

Page 1099: ...Refer to Automatic Allocation of Communications Ports on page 1033 for details on using automatic allocation of the communications port number logical port 11 When the destination node number is set t...

Page 1100: ...g Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H506 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A447 A448 to A959 A448 to A959 A000 to A442 A448 to A954 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4090 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C...

Page 1101: ...here will be no response and no retries for broadcast transmissions For instructions that require no response set the response setting to not required An error will occur if the amount of response dat...

Page 1102: ...ed com mand the FINS command enclosed in the host link header and terminator If the destination serial port is in the local PLC set the network address to 00 local network in C 2 set the node address...

Page 1103: ...f V For example file memory commands command codes 22 hex can be sent to format file memory delete files copy files and perform other operations Refer to 5 2 Manipulating Files of the CS CJ series CPU...

Page 1104: ...eration Flag A34313 is ON OFF in all other cases Name Address Operation Communications Port Enabled Flag A20200 to A20207 These flags are turned ON to indicate that net work instructions including PMC...

Page 1105: ...ads 10 words from D00010 to D00019 The response contains the 2 byte command code 0101 the 2 byte completion code and then the 10 words of data for a total of 12 words or 24 bytes The data will be retr...

Page 1106: ...r port 7 File Memory Operation Flag Command code 2215 Hex CREATE DELETE DIRECTORY Parameter 0000 Hex create directory Disk No 8000 Hex Memory Card Subdirectory name CS1 space Directory name length 000...

Page 1107: ...there are 5 words of data S 1 to S 5 Do not include the 2 bytes in word S itself Include the leftmost bytes of S 1 to S 5 which contain 00 Also include the number of bytes of Service Data starting at...

Page 1108: ...contains just one byte of data the empty byte in that word is not counted Service Data C 0 15 C 1 8 11 12 15 0 7 C 2 15 0 C 3 15 0 Set the total number of words of response data beginning at D The all...

Page 1109: ...here is 1 byte of service data there are 5 bytes of data all together and D contains 0005 hex The setting in bits 12 to 15 of C 1 0 or 8 hex determines the byte order of the service data stored at S 6...

Page 1110: ...19 OFF The corresponding Communications Port Completion Code A203 to A210 will be 0000 hex if the instruction ended normally an explicit message error code if an explicit messaging error occurred or a...

Page 1111: ...xecuted even if an error occurred previously Communications Port Error Flag A21900 to A21907 These flags are turned ON to indicate that the explicit message itself was not sent from the cor responding...

Page 1112: ...ed in S 6 in the same way Example In this example EXPLT 720 is used to read the total ON time or number of contact operations from a DRT2 Slave I O Terminal 34 15 3 4 1 D 3 2 08 07 00 12 Frame The dat...

Page 1113: ...sage DRM2 OD16 Slave with node address 45 S D00000 0 0 0 A S 1 D00001 0 0 2 D S 2 D00002 0 0 0 E S 3 D00003 0 0 0 9 S 4 D00004 0 0 0 3 S 5 D00005 0 0 6 6 D D00100 0 0 0 8 D 1 D00101 0 0 2 D D 2 D00102...

Page 1114: ...irst word of received message C First control word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition EGATR 721 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation EGATR 721 Executed Once for Downward Differentiati...

Page 1115: ...FINS error will occur response too long code 11 0B and no data at all will be stored in the area starting at D 3 If the number of words of received data is less than the value set here the remaining...

Page 1116: ...x determines the byte order of the service data stored at S 6 and D 3 Storing Data from the Leftmost Byte Set bits 12 to 15 of C 1 to 0 hex Counter Area C0000 to C4092 C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4092 DM...

Page 1117: ...A 15 B D 1 D 2 A D C 08 07 00 B C D Frame order of data in line Stored from rightmost byte Note A B C and D represent bytes of data Data area Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if the Communicatio...

Page 1118: ...sly Communications Port Completion Codes A203 to A210 These words contain the completion codes for the corresponding ports 00 to 07 following execu tion of a network instruction The corresponding word...

Page 1119: ...O Terminal In this case the Total ON Time or Number of Contact Operations for input 3 are read Service Code 0E hex Class ID 95 hex Instance ID 01 hex and Attribute ID 65 hex The general status is retu...

Page 1120: ...hex port 6 and the DeviceNet Unit s unit address 12 hex Response monitoring time 0000 hex 2 s Explicit format type 0000 hex DeviceNet format Slave s node address 10 0A hex Class ID 95 hex Instance ID...

Page 1121: ...s CPU Unit Ver 2 0 or later Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas ESATR 722 S C S First word of send message C First control word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition ESATR 722...

Page 1122: ...ination Node Address 00 to max node address hex 00 to 3F hex 0 to 63 for DeviceNet If the Attribute ID is not used set it to FFFF hex The Attribute ID cannot be set to 0000 hex When there is Service D...

Page 1123: ...to W509 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 H000 to H509 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A000 to A957 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4093 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4093 DM Area D00000 to D3...

Page 1124: ...A 15 B S 5 S 6 A D C 08 07 00 B C D Frame order of data in line Stored from rightmost byte Note A B C and D represent bytes of data Data area Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if the Communication...

Page 1125: ...sly Communications Port Completion Codes A203 to A210 These words contain the completion codes for the corresponding ports 00 to 07 following execu tion of a network instruction The corresponding word...

Page 1126: ...6 are ON EXPLT 720 writes the Number of Contact Operations set value for input 2 in a DRT2 Slave I O Terminal Service Code 10 hex Class ID 08 hex Instance ID 02 hex and Attribute ID 68 hex 34 15 1 2 3...

Page 1127: ...with node address 10 Explicit message S D00000 0 0 0 C S 1 D00001 0 0 0 A S 2 D00002 0 0 0 8 S 3 D00003 0 0 0 2 S 4 D00004 0 0 6 8 S 5 D00005 0 1 F 4 S 6 D00006 0 0 0 0 C D00201 8 6 1 2 C 1 D00202 0 0...

Page 1128: ...x unit number 20 hex Port number of the communications port logical port for the network instruction 0 to 7 hex F hex Automatic allocation Source node address remote CPU Unit 00 to maximum node addres...

Page 1129: ...e message corresponding flag in A219 OFF The corresponding Communications Port Completion Code A203 to A210 will be 0000 hex if the instruction ended normally an explicit message error code if an expl...

Page 1130: ...error occurred previously Communications Port Error Flag A21900 to A21907 These flags are turned ON to indicate that the explicit message itself was not sent from the cor responding ports 00 to 07 dur...

Page 1131: ...de address 07 CS1W DRM21 DeviceNet Unit CPU Unit ECHRD 723 instruction DeviceNet CPU Unit Unit address 12 hex because the unit number is 2 Explicit message 15 0 D D00100 D 1 D00100 D 2 15 0 S D00000 S...

Page 1132: ...00 to 3F hex 0 to 63 Write data size words 01 to 64 hex 1 to 100 words Response monitoring time 0001 to FFFF hex 0 1 to 6553 5 s 0000 hex 2 s default setting Explicit message format0000 hex DeviceNet...

Page 1133: ...tions The following table shows relevant bits and flags in the Auxiliary Area Constants Data Registers Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to...

Page 1134: ...n the next instruction is executed even if an error occurred previously Communications Port Completion Codes A203 to A210 These words contain the completion codes for the corresponding ports 00 to 07...

Page 1135: ...es that can be placed in the root directory of a Memory Card just as there is a limit for a hard disk Although the limit depends on the type and format of the Memory Card it will be between 128 and 51...

Page 1136: ...ate however the access speed will be reduced The allocation unit size of the Memory Card can be checked from a DOS prompt using CHKDSK The specific procedure is omitted here Refer to gen eral computer...

Page 1137: ...delete files copy files and change file names by sending FINS commands for Memory Card operations For details refer to Section 5 File Memory Functions in the SYSMAC CS CJ Series Programmable Controll...

Page 1138: ...is not formatted or a formatting error has occurred Memory Card Detected Flag version 1 V1 or higher only A34315 ON when a Memory Card has been detected OFF when a Memory Card is not detected Name Ad...

Page 1139: ...346 contains the rightmost 16 bits and A347 contains the leftmost 16 bits of the 32 bit binary value Name Address Operation EM File Memory For mat Error Flag A34306 ON when there is a format error in...

Page 1140: ...s the number of words in the data file the data in the file will be trans ferred normally and no error will occur 15 8 0 11 3 7 4 12 C File memory specifier 0 Memory Card 1 EM file memory Function spe...

Page 1141: ...IOM extension will be added automatically Word 1 hex non delimited 3 hex comma delimited or 5 hex tab delimited Number of fields to read from file memory i e the number of words to read from file memo...

Page 1142: ...ename extension IOM TXT or CSV beginning at the address specified in S1 2 and S1 3 The data is then written to RAM beginning at the word specified in D Note Data is stored in order by absolute interna...

Page 1143: ...0000 to T4092 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4092 C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 D00000 to D32764 D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 E00000 to E32764...

Page 1144: ...r Flag A34310 ON when a file could not be read because its data was corrupted or if it contains the wrong data type File Missing Flag A34311 ON when data could not be read because the specified file d...

Page 1145: ...e specified file contains the wrong data type or the file data is corrupted For text or CSV files the character code must be hexadeci mal data and delimiters must be every 4 digits for word data and e...

Page 1146: ...ABC XYZ IOM CPU Unit Wd 0 Ignored Wd 5 Wd 14 File memory Memory Card Function Read data Number of words to read 10 words Starting word Beginning of file 5 words Directory name ABC Filename XYZ 5 word...

Page 1147: ...non delimited words or double words are specified the data for all fields is written continuously without any delimiters 5 If carriage returns are specified a carriage return will be added after each...

Page 1148: ...allowed in the filename because the null character is used to mark the end of the character Data type Bits 12 to 15 of C Contents of D1 and D1 1 Binary 0 hex binary Number of words to write from file...

Page 1149: ...FF in following cycles When transfer has been completed the File Memory Operation Flag A34313 will turn OFF This flag can be used for exclusive control of file mem ory instructions The time required t...

Page 1150: ...xist FWRIT 701 creates a new file with that name and filename extension IOM TXT or CVS and writes the speci fied source data in the specified data type starting at the beginning of the file In this ca...

Page 1151: ...0 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants Specified val ues only Data Registers Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Regis ters IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to I...

Page 1152: ...CMND 490 FREAD 700 or FWRIT 701 are being exe cuted The program is being overwritten using a con trol bit in memory A simple backup operation is being performed Accessing File Flag A34314 ON when fil...

Page 1153: ...ds ASCII data from I O memory and stores that data in the Memory Card as a text file writing a new file or appending a file The data is stored in the TXT format This instruction is supported by CS CJ...

Page 1154: ...ritten Note It is not necessary for all of the source words starting at S3 to be in the same data area The data will be read in PLC memory address order and written as a file S4 Delimiter character Sp...

Page 1155: ...ta to an existing file EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BC...

Page 1156: ...widely depending on the type of Memory Card being used and the number of files in the Memory Card When transfer has been completed the File Memory Operation Flag A34313 will turn OFF This flag can be...

Page 1157: ...ing from the leftmost byte of S2 If the specified directory does not exist the No File Flag A34311 will be turned ON and the file will not be overwritten Example Writing to Directory ABC and Filename...

Page 1158: ...e Memory Card has been detected Example This example records the daily production total number of units produced in D00100 and D00101 in 8 digit hexadecimal Every day at 23 00 the program converts the...

Page 1159: ...0 STR4 A352 D302 Current date converted to ASCII MOV 2020 D303 BCDL D100 W100 STR8 W100 D304 MOV 5C4C D200 MOV 4F47 D201 MOV 0000 D202 TWRIT 1 16 D200 D300 0D0A D100 D101 W100 W101 Puts 2 spaces betwe...

Page 1160: ...ged by overwriting the message in the message storage area To clear a message that has been registered execute MSG 046 with S set to the message number of the message you want to clear and N set to a...

Page 1161: ...rightmost byte An error will occur and the Error Flag will turn ON if N is not between 0 and 7 Examples The following diagram shows how 16 words of hexadecimal data are con verted to a message displa...

Page 1162: ...unction code Page CALENDAR ADD CADD 730 1123 CALENDAR SUBTRACT CSUB 731 1127 HOURS TO SECONDS SEC 065 1130 SECONDS TO HOURS HMS 066 1132 CLOCK ADJUSTMENT DATE 735 1135 CADD 730 C T R C First calendar...

Page 1163: ...same data area T and T 1 Time Data Set the time data in T and T 1 as shown in the following diagram T and T 1 must be in the same data area 15 8 0 7 C 15 8 0 7 C 1 15 8 0 7 C 2 Seconds 00 to 59 BCD Mi...

Page 1164: ...o H509 H000 to H510 H000 to H509 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A957 A000 to A958 A448 to A957 Timer Area T0000 to T4093 T0000 to T4094 T0000 to T4093 Counter Area C0000 to C4093 C0000 to C4094 C0000 to C...

Page 1165: ...D00300 through D00302 Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to IR15 IR005 to IR15 IR0 to IR15 Area C T R C 1 C C...

Page 1166: ...me data area CSUB 731 C T R C First calendar word T First time word R First result word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition CSUB 731 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation CSUB 731 Execu...

Page 1167: ...9999 BCD 15 8 0 7 R 15 8 0 7 R 1 15 8 0 7 R 2 Seconds 00 to 59 BCD Minutes 00 to 59 BCD Hour 00 to 23 BCD Day 01 to 31 BCD Month 01 to 12 BCD Year 00 to 99 BCD Area C T R CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 614...

Page 1168: ...En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C En_00000 to 3En_2765 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to...

Page 1169: ...must be in the same data area C T R 18 30 20 16 20 05 C T R 10 July 1998 50 hours 10 minutes 15 seconds 8 July 1998 SEC 065 S D S First source word D First destination word Variations Executed Each Cy...

Page 1170: ...a A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4094 DM Area D00000 to D32766 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32766 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32766 n 0 to C Indirec...

Page 1171: ...nverts seconds data to an equivalent time in hours minutes seconds for mat Ladder Symbol Variations Hours Seconds Minutes Seconds Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if the minutes data in S bits 08...

Page 1172: ...OK OK OK OK Area S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6142 Work Area W000 to W510 Holding Bit Area H000 to H510 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A958 A448 to A958 Timer Area T0000 to T4094 Counter Area C0000 to C4...

Page 1173: ...is output to D00200 and D00201 Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants 00000000 to 35999999 BCD Data Registers Index Registers Indire...

Page 1174: ...through S 3 must be in the same data area S DATE 735 S First source word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition DATE 735 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation DATE 735 Executed Once for D...

Page 1175: ...0 to 06 Sunday to Saturday hexadecimal A35408 to A35415 Always set to 00 Area S CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6140 Work Area W000 to W508 Holding Bit Area H000 to H508 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A956 Timer...

Page 1176: ...stored in Trace Memory TRSM 045 can be used anywhere in the program any number of times Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if the new clock settin...

Page 1177: ...ed as if it had an ON execution condition Connect TRSM 045 directly to the left bus bar Use TRSM 045 to sample the value of the specified bit or word at the point in the program when the instruction s...

Page 1178: ...e valid beginning with the next sample plus or minus the number of samples set with the delay setting The Trace Trigger Monitor Flag A50811 will be turned ON at the same time 4 The trace will end when...

Page 1179: ...when this bit is turned from OFF to ON Samples will be recorded after the specified delay positive delay or the specified number of existing samples will be valid negative delay Sampling Start Bit A5...

Page 1180: ...s when FAL 006 is used to generate clear user defined errors is slightly different from the function when FAL 006 is used to generate system errors CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units only Instruction...

Page 1181: ...bers 0000 to FFFF Generates a non fatal error with the corre sponding FAL number no message Word address Generates a non fatal error with the corre sponding FAL number The 16 character ASCII message c...

Page 1182: ...rs at the same time as the FAL 006 instruction the more serious error s error code will be written to A400 4 The error code and the time that the error occurred will be written to the Error Log Area A...

Page 1183: ...r code and the time that the error occurred will be written to the Error Log Area A100 through A199 3 The appropriate Auxiliary Area Flags are set based on the error code and error details 4 The ERR I...

Page 1184: ...ed FAL 006 errors when you want to record only the system generated errors For example this function is useful during debugging if the FAL 006 instructions are used in several applications and the Err...

Page 1185: ...lue of S will determine the processing as shown in the following ta ble 2 Clearing Non fatal System Errors CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units Only There are two ways to clear non fatal system errors...

Page 1186: ...e highest error code will be stored in A400 Name Label Operation Error Flag ER ON if N is not within the specified range of 0 to 511 deci mal ON if a non fatal system error is being generated CS1 H CJ...

Page 1187: ...on fatal Error When CIO 000003 is ON in the following example FAL 006 will clear the most serious non fatal error that has occurred and reset the error code in A400 If the cleared error was originally...

Page 1188: ...fined fatal errors Fatal errors stop PLC operation With CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units FALS 007 can also be used to generate fatal system errors Ladder Symbol Generating User defined Fatal Errors...

Page 1189: ...first of eight words containing an ASCII message to be displayed on the Programming Device Specify a constant 0000 to FFFF if a message is not required Operand Function N 1 to 511 These FALS numbers...

Page 1190: ...te that the error occurred will be written to the Error Log Area A100 through A199 4 The ERR Indicator on the CPU Unit will be lit 5 If a word address has been specified in S the ASCII message beginni...

Page 1191: ...will be stopped 5 The fatal error message for the specified system error will be displayed on the Programming Console Note 1 The value of A529 the system generated FAL FALS number is a dummy FAL numbe...

Page 1192: ...ame S S 1 Error code Error details Memory Error 80F1 hex Bits 00 to 09 Memory Error Location Bit 00 User program Bit 04 PLC Setup Bit 05 Registered I O table Bit 07 Routing table Bit 08 CPU Bus Unit S...

Page 1193: ...its 00 to 12 All zeroes A Slave Unit s unit number is duplicated or a C500 Slave Unit has more than 320 I O points Bits 13 to 15 010 Bits 00 to 12 Slave Unit s unit number binary The unit number of an...

Page 1194: ...ode and the time date that the error occurred will be written to the Error Log Area A100 through A199 4 The ERR Indicator on the CPU Unit will be lit 5 The ASCII message in D00100 to D00107 will be di...

Page 1195: ...00 if it is the most se rious error 2 The error code and the time date that the error occurred will be written to the Error Log Area A100 through A199 3 The Too Many I O Points Flag A40111 will be tur...

Page 1196: ...time from 0 1 to 999 9 seconds R First Register Word The functions of the register words are described on page 1160 Operand Specifications FPD 269 C T R C Control word T Monitoring time R First regist...

Page 1197: ...32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767...

Page 1198: ...a higher error code at the same time the error code of the more serious error will be stored in A400 4 The error code and the time date that the error occurred will be written to the Error Log Area A...

Page 1199: ...s with the first OUT not OUT TR or other right hand instruction There are two diagnostic output modes set with the leftmost digit of C 1 2 3 1 Bit address output mode Leftmost digit of C 0 Bit 15 of R...

Page 1200: ...words R 2 to R 4 indicate the address of the input which prevented the diagnostic output from being turned ON The bit address is output to these words in ASCII The following table shows the ASCII rep...

Page 1201: ...up so that the non fatal errors gen erated by FAL 006 are not recorded in the Error Log Even though the error will not be recorded in the Error Log the FAL Error Flag 40215 will be turned ON the corre...

Page 1202: ...time will be stored in T Flags The following table shows relevant words and flags in the Auxiliary Area Item Setting Programming Console setting address Word 129 Bit 15 Name FAL Error Log Registration...

Page 1203: ...e operation of the time monitoring function and logic diagnosis function In this example the diagnostic output CIO 020000 does not go ON because CIO 010000 and CIO 010003 remain OFF in the logic diagn...

Page 1204: ...ing the Monitoring Time with the Teaching Function The monitoring time can be set automatically with the teaching function when a word address has been specified for T R Not used Not used Bit Address...

Page 1205: ...3 31 Other Instructions This section describes instructions for manipulating the Carry Flag selecting the EM bank and extending the maximum cycle time T R The teaching function can set the monitoring...

Page 1206: ...t and clear the Carry Flag 3 31 2 CLEAR CARRY CLC 041 Purpose Turns OFF the Carry Flag CY Ladder Symbol Variations DISABLE PERIPHERAL SERVICING IOSP 287 1184 ENABLE PERIPHERAL SERVICING IORS 288 1186...

Page 1207: ...the Carry Flag in their rotation shift operations When using any of these instructions use STC 040 and CLC 041 to set and clear the Carry Flag Note The 400 L 401 B 404 BL 405 410 L 411 B 414 and BL 41...

Page 1208: ...Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area w...

Page 1209: ...nk number is changed to bank C and the new bank number 000C hex is output to A301 3 31 4 EXTEND MAXIMUM CYCLE TIME WDT 094 Purpose Extends the maximum cycle time but only for the cycle in which the in...

Page 1210: ...EM addresses in BCD Constants 0000 to 0F9F binary Data Registers Index Registers Indirect addressing using Index Registers Area T Name Function Settings Watchcycle time A Cycle Time Too Long error fa...

Page 1211: ...e by another 1 000 ms Since the maximum cycle time has already reached the upper limit of 40 000 ms the third WDT 094 instruction is not executed 3 31 5 SAVE CONDITION FLAGS CCS 282 Saves the current...

Page 1212: ...en a cyclic task and interrupt task 2 When CCS 282 is executed it overwrites the previous Condition Flag in formation that was saved All of the Condition Flags are cleared when operation switches from...

Page 1213: ...S FPD CCL Task The results of the comparison are stored in the Condition Flags In this case the results of the COMPARE Instruction can be used in instruction B even if those results are affected by ex...

Page 1214: ...nd the result can be restored later The result does not have to be used immediately after execution of the instruction Refer to 3 31 5 SAVE CONDITION FLAGS CCS 282 for more examples showing how to use...

Page 1215: ...D S Word containing the CV series PLC memory address D Destination Index Register Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition FRMCV 284 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation FRMCV 284 Executed...

Page 1216: ...C memory ad dress in DM 2 When using CV series PLC memory addresses directly as values when storing PLC memory addresses in Index Registers with direct ad dressing using an instruction such as MOV 021...

Page 1217: ...hex 0A00 to 0AFF hex or 0D00 to 0E3F hex Data Registers DR0 to DR15 Index Registers IR0 to IR15 Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15...

Page 1218: ...addressing CS CJ series program Equivalent program In this case the value in D00000 is 0200 hex The corresponding data area address is CIO 0512 so 1234 is transferred to CIO 0512 Word address D00000...

Page 1219: ...000 FRMCV 0200 IR0 S D 0200Hex 0200 IR0 000C200 IR CV series program Program using PLC memory addresses stored directly in IR CS CJ series program Equivalent program In this case the PLC memory addres...

Page 1220: ...mory address is output to D The following example shows TOCV 285 used to convert the CS CJ series PLC memory address for D00001 Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK...

Page 1221: ...00 D00001 EC_32767 D Specify the CS CJ series PLC memory address in S In this case 10001 hex is the PLC memory address of D00001 Data area address PLC memory address Convert Corresponding data area ad...

Page 1222: ...ress in the CV series program Index Registers IR0 to IR15 Indirect addressing using Index Registers IR0 to IR15 2048 to 2047 IR0 to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DR0 to DR15 IR0 to IR15 Area S D Area or addresses...

Page 1223: ...ea address corresponding to PLC memory address 10001 hex is D00001 so 1234 is transferred to D00001 CV series PLC memory address CS CJ series data area CS CJ series data area address Transfer contents...

Page 1224: ...ions IOSP 287 cannot be executed in an interrupt task An error will occur and the Error Flag will be turned ON if IOSP 287 is executed in an interrupt task IOSP 287 cannot disable peripheral servicing...

Page 1225: ...condition IORS 288 cannot be executed in an interrupt task An error will occur and the Error Flag will be turned ON if IORS 288 is executed in an interrupt task Flags IOSP IORS W00000 When the PLC is...

Page 1226: ...r in one block program Each block is started by one execution condition in the ladder diagram and all instructions within the block are written in mnemonic form The block program is thus a combination...

Page 1227: ...used with block programs unless inten tionally programmed with IF 802 WAIT 805 EXIT 806 IEND 810 or other instructions Also there are some instructions that cannot be used within block programs such a...

Page 1228: ...W 815 or TMHWX 817 is used If execution is to wait until for a specified count has been reached e g for step progressions with counters then CNTW 814 CNTWX 818 is used If execution is to be repeated w...

Page 1229: ...nstruction type Instruction name Mnemonic Block programming instructions IF NOT IF 802 NOT ONE CYCLE AND WAIT NOT WAIT 805 NOT EXIT EXIT 806 NOT LOOP END LEND 810 NOT Ladder diagram instructions CONDI...

Page 1230: ...40 and TIM HHX 552 ONE MS TIMER TIMU 541 and TIMUX 556 TENTH MS TIMER CJ1 H R CPU Units only TIMUH 544 and TIMUHX 557 HUNDREDTH MS TIMER CJ1 H R CPU Units only TTIM 087 and TTIMX 555 ACCUMULATIVE TIME...

Page 1231: ...tions BPRG 096 BPRG 096 N N Block program number Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition BPRG 096 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation Not supported Executed Once for Downward Differentiat...

Page 1232: ...hin another block program even if the execution condition for BPRG 096 is ON Flags BPRG 096 BEND 801 Precautions Each block program number can be used only once within the entire user pro gram Block p...

Page 1233: ...han once Examples When CIO 000000 turns ON in the following example block program 0 will be executed When CIO 000000 is OFF the block program will not be executed The two program sections shown below...

Page 1234: ...S 812 restarts the block program specified by N the block program num ber Once restarted the block program will be executed as long as the BPRG 096 for the block program has an ON execution condition...

Page 1235: ...program appears before BPPS 811 it will be paused starting the next cycle If CIO 000000 is ON the following program pauses execution of either block program 1 or block program 2 depending on the stat...

Page 1236: ...ram Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area B CIO Area CIO 000000 to CIO 614315 Work Area W00000 to W51115 Holding Bit Area H00000 to H51115 Auxiliary Bit A...

Page 1237: ...IF NOT 802 If the operand bit is ON the instructions between IF 802 and ELSE 803 will be executed If the operand bit is OFF the instructions between ELSE 803 and IEND 804 will be executed For IF NOT...

Page 1238: ...0 and CIO 000002 The first block executes one of two additions depending on the status of CIO 000001 This block is executed when CIO 000000 is ON If CIO 000001 is ON 0001 is added to the contents of C...

Page 1239: ...dress Instruction Operands 000000 LD 000000 000001 BPRG 096 00 000002 IF 802 000001 000003 B 404 0001 0001 D00000 000004 ELSE 803 000005 B 404 0001 0002 D00000 000006 IEND 804 000007 BEND 801 000008 L...

Page 1240: ...t be executed Variations Always Executed in Block Program EXIT 806 EXIT 806 B EXIT NOT 806 B Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK Area B CIO Area CIO 000000 t...

Page 1241: ...O 000000 is OFF the block program is executed If CIO 000001 is ON A is executed and then B is skipped and program control jumps to BEND 801 Section B of the program will continue to be skipped until C...

Page 1242: ...ions CIO 000001 ON CIO 000004 ON CIO 000001 OFF CIO 000004 OFF 0 2 Block ended Block ended CIO 000003 and CIO 000003 or WAIT 805 WAIT 805 WAIT 805 NOT B B B Bit operand Variations Always Executed in B...

Page 1243: ...ution condition for WAIT 805 When the execution condition goes ON the instruction from WAIT 805 to the end of the program will be executed DM Area EM Area without bank EM Area with bank Indirect DM EM...

Page 1244: ...are recorded in memory to enable execu tion to be continued based on the execution condition bit operand If online editing performed from a Peripheral Device however the WAIT status will be cleared a...

Page 1245: ...T 805 will be cleared and the block program will be exe cuted again from the beginning CIO 000 001 OFF 0 CIO 00000 1 ON and CIO 00000 2 OFF CIO 000001 CIO 00002 and CIO 000003 ON CIO 00000 1 ON CIO 00...

Page 1246: ...inary 0 to 65535 decimal 0000 to FFFF hex Operand Specifications TIMW 813 N SV N Timer number SV Set value TIMWX 816 N SV N Timer number SV Set value Variations Always Executed in Block Program Block...

Page 1247: ...will be executed to update the timer When the timer times out the Completion Flag will turn ON and the rest of the block program will be executed Once the entire block program has been executed the pr...

Page 1248: ...timers is ever operating at the same time An error will occur in the program check if the same timer number is used in more than one timer instruction An error will occur and the Error Flag will turn...

Page 1249: ...counts out Ladder Symbol PV Refresh Method BCD PV Refresh Method Binary Variations Applicable Program Areas Note CNTW 814 CNTWX 818 must be used in block programming regions even within subroutines a...

Page 1250: ...A44800 to A95915 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4095 Task Flags TK0000 to TK0031 Condition Flags ER CY N OF UF ON OFF AER Clock Pulses 0...

Page 1251: ...nter is force set If the Completion Flag for the counter is force reset the only CNTW 814 CNTWX 818 will be executed in the block program until the force reset status is cleared The counter numbers ar...

Page 1252: ...32 9 TEN MS TIMER WAIT TMHW 815 and TMHWX 817 Purpose Delays execution of the rest of the block program until the specified time has elapsed Execution will be continued from the next instruction afte...

Page 1253: ...0 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A447 A448 to A959 Timer Area 0000 to 4095 T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E0...

Page 1254: ...truction with a timer for the execution condition and it can thus be used for timed step pro gressions Flags Precautions The rest of the block program following TMHW 815 TMHWX 817 will be exe cuted if...

Page 1255: ...20 seconds after A whenever CIO 000000 is ON 3 32 10 Loop Control LOOP 809 LEND 810 LEND 810 NOT Purpose Create a loop that is repeatedly executed until an execution condition turns ON or OFF or until...

Page 1256: ...turns ON Area B CIO Area CIO 000000 to CIO 614315 Work Area W00000 to W51115 Holding Bit Area H00000 to H51115 Auxiliary Bit Area A00000 to A44715 A44800 to A95915 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Ar...

Page 1257: ...for LEND 810 or ON for LEND 810 NOT exe cution of the loop is repeated starting with the next instruction after LOOP 809 If the operand bit is ON for LEND 810 or OFF for LEND 810 NOT the loop is ende...

Page 1258: ...2 IEND 804 IEND 804 IEND 804 LEND 810 LEND 810 IEND 804 NOP processing will be performed if LOOP 809 is not executed An error will occur and the Error Flag will turn ON if a Loop Control Instruction i...

Page 1259: ...ions Section 3 32 Address Instruction Operand 000220 LD 000000 000201 BPRG 0 A 000210 LOOP B 000220 IORF 0000 0000 000221 LEND 000001 C 000220 BEND 0 Execution condition ON Execution condition OFF Exe...

Page 1260: ...iagram a text string can be specified by simply designating the first word of that string The text string data up until the next NUL code 00 hex will then be handled as a single block of ASCII data Te...

Page 1261: ...PLC thereby reduc ing the data processing load at the host computer ASCII Characters The ASCII characters that can be handled by text string processing instruc tions are shown in the following table 3...

Page 1262: ...n Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK 15 0 S to Text string data 4 095 characters max NUL S maximum 2 047 words 15 0 D to Text string data 4 09...

Page 1263: ...ample In this example MOV 664 is used to transfer the text string ABCDEF 3 33 3 CONCATENATE STRING 656 Purpose Links one text string to another text string Ladder Symbol Index Registers Indirect addre...

Page 1264: ...n 656 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK 15 0 S1 t...

Page 1265: ...generated and the Error Flag will turn ON If 0000 hex is transferred to D the Equals Flag will turn ON Do not overlap the beginning word designated by D with the character data area for S2 If they ov...

Page 1266: ...e maximum 2 047 words must be in the same area 2 The data from S1 to S1 the maximum 2 047 words and from D to D the maximum 2 047 words can overlap LEFT 652 S1 S2 D S1 Text string first word S2 Number...

Page 1267: ...to the SYSMAC CS CJ NSJ Series PLC Programming Manual W394 for details Area S1 S2 D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A447 A...

Page 1268: ...ted by S1 ON if more than 4 095 characters 0FFF hex are desig nated by S2 ON if the Communications Port Enabled Flag for the com munications port number specified as the Com Port num ber for Backgroun...

Page 1269: ...S2 D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A447 A448 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095...

Page 1270: ...ore than that are designated an error will be gener ated and the Error Flag will turn ON If 0000 hex is output to D the Equals Flag will turn ON Example In this example RGHT 653 is used to read four c...

Page 1271: ...ID 654 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK 15 0 S1...

Page 1272: ...nge an error will be generated and the Error Flag will turn ON Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Constants 0000 to 0FFF binary or 0 to 409...

Page 1273: ...mbol Variations Applicable Program Areas Operands S1 Source Text String S2 Found Text String S1 S3 D D00300 S2 D00200 S3 D00400 Text string ABCDEFGHIJ Three characters read From 5th character leftmost...

Page 1274: ...LC Programming Manual W394 for details Area S1 S2 D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A447 A448 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer A...

Page 1275: ...4 095 characters are designated by S1 or S2 ON if the Communications Port Enabled Flag for the com munications port number specified as the Com Port num ber for Background Execution is OFF when backg...

Page 1276: ...LC Programming Manual W394 for details Area S D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A447 A448 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area...

Page 1277: ...the calculated result comes to more than 4 095 characters ON if the Communications Port Enabled Flag for the com munications port number specified as the Com Port num ber for Background Execution is...

Page 1278: ...0 S1 to Text string data 4 095 characters max NUL S1 maximum 2 047 words 15 0 S2 to Text string data 4 095 characters max NUL S2 maximum 2 047 words 15 0 D to Text string data 4 095 characters max NUL...

Page 1279: ...661 can be processed in the background Refer to the SYSMAC CS CJ NSJ Series PLC Programming Manual W394 for details Flags Precautions The maximum number of characters for S1 or S2 is 4 095 0FFF hex If...

Page 1280: ...le In this example RPLC 654 is used to read three characters 3 33 10 DELETE STRING DEL 658 Purpose Deletes a designated text string from the middle of a text string Ladder Symbol Variations Applicable...

Page 1281: ...000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A447 A448 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 DM Area D00000 to D...

Page 1282: ...or Flag will turn ON If the number of characters to be deleted extends beyond the end of the S1 text string all of the characters up to the end will be deleted If all of the char acters from the begin...

Page 1283: ...for ON Condition XCHG 665 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation XCHG 665 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program area...

Page 1284: ...be generated and the Error Flag will turn ON Example In this example XCHG 665 is used to exchange two text strings Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_3...

Page 1285: ...ng first word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition CLR 666 Executed Once for Upward Differentiation CLR 666 Executed Once for Downward Differentiation Not supported Immediate Refreshing Spe...

Page 1286: ...657 Purpose Deletes a designated text string from the middle of a text string Ladder Symbol Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect...

Page 1287: ...p The data from S1 to S1 the maximum 2 047 words and from S2 to S2 the maximum 2 047 words can also overlap INS 657 S1 S2 S3 D S1 Base text string first word S2 Inserted text string first word S3 Begi...

Page 1288: ...S 657 can be processed in the background Refer to the SYSMAC CS CJ NSJ Series PLC Programming Manual W394 for details Area S1 S2 S3 D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit A...

Page 1289: ...ot overlap the destination words designated by D with the text string data designated by S2 If these overlap the operation will not be executed properly Example In this example INS 657 is used to inse...

Page 1290: ...ations Applicable Program Areas Operands S1 Text String 1 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 Symbol Symbol Symbol LD Load AND Series Connection OR Parallel Connection S1 Text string 1 S2 Text string 2 S1 Text string 1...

Page 1291: ...ics listed below LD AND and OR do not appear in the ladder diagram LD AND OR LD AND OR LD AND OR 15 0 S2 to Text string data 4 095 characters max NUL S2 maximum 2 047 words Area S1 S2 CIO Area CIO 00...

Page 1292: ...to fill in the difference and the compar ison will be made on that basis Comparison Examples AD 414400 hex and BC 424300 hex AD BC because at the beginning of the text strings 41 hex is less than 42 h...

Page 1293: ...truction after these instructions The String Compari son Instructions cannot appear on the right side of the ladder diagram These instructions cannot be used on the last rung of a logic block The maxi...

Page 1294: ...is higher in ASCII order than the one beginning with D00200 then the position of the two text strings will be reversed Two text strings beginning with D00200 and D00300 are compared in ASCII order fr...

Page 1295: ...lic tasks CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M and CS1D CPU Units only N must be a constant between 8000 and 8255 decimal Values 8000 to 8255 specify extra cyclic tasks 0 to 255 Operand Specifications Instruction Mnemoni...

Page 1296: ...ocal task is specified A task in executable status can be put in standby status with TKOF 821 the CX Programmer or a FINS command The terms executable and executing are not interchangeable Executable...

Page 1297: ...ask is executed in task number order Flags Examples Specifying a Later Task When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example task number 3 is made executable in task number 1 Task number 3 will be execu...

Page 1298: ...Task number The allowed range for N depends on the kind of task being specified Cyclic tasks N must be a constant between 0 and 31 decimal Values 0 to 31 specify cyclic tasks 0 to 31 Extra cyclic tas...

Page 1299: ...Programmer s General Properties Tab for each task has a setting the Operation start box that specifies whether the cyclic task will be exe cutable at startup When the Operation start box has been che...

Page 1300: ...is instruction can be placed in interrupt tasks as well as in cyclic tasks Flags The specified task s task number is higher than the local task s task number m n The specified task s task number is lo...

Page 1301: ...atus in task number 3 Task number 1 will be not be executed in the next cycle when program execution reaches task number 1 3 35 Model Conversion Instructions Unit Ver 3 0 or Later This section describ...

Page 1302: ...ing device type to CS CJ with CX Programmer Ver 4 0 or lower When converting device type to CS CJ with CX Programmer Ver 5 0 or higher Mnemonic function code Mnemonic function code C200H C1000H or C20...

Page 1303: ...cutive words Ladder Symbol Name Model conversion instruction Unit Ver 3 0 or later Corresponding C series instruction Differences from previous CS CJ series instructions Mnemonic function code Mnemoni...

Page 1304: ...rted Immediate Refreshing Specification Not supported Block program areas Step program areas Subroutines Interrupt tasks OK OK OK OK 15 0 S S N 1 to to 15 0 D D N 1 to to Area N S D CIO Area CIO 0000...

Page 1305: ...n words D to D N 1 do not exceed the end of the data area Some time will be required to complete XFERC 565 when a large number of words is being transferred In this case the XFERC 565 transfer might n...

Page 1306: ...Operation 9000 to 9999 BCD When the leftmost digit of Of is 9 the rightmost 3 digits of Of specify the number of words in the stack The offset can be any value from 9000 to 9999 BCD Operand Specificat...

Page 1307: ...ent of Bs 1 to address Bs The same DISTC 566 instruction can be used to distribute the source word to various words in the data area by changing the value of Of EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767...

Page 1308: ...Distribution Operation The leftmost byte of D00300 is 0 so DISTC 566 performs the Data Distribu tion Operation When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example the contents of D00100 will be copied to...

Page 1309: ...ame data area LIFO Stack Read Operation Of 8000 to 8999 BCD If the leftmost digit of Of is 8 COLLC 567 will operate as a LIFO stack instruction The stack begins at Bs with a length specified in the ri...

Page 1310: ...ce words in the data area by changing the value of Of Area Bs Of D CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Bit Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Bit Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer...

Page 1311: ...rded in the stack to D The source word is Bs 1 After the data is copied the stack pointer is decre mented by 1 Note Use DISTC 566 to write stack data to the stack area Flags Note In C series PLCs the...

Page 1312: ...is 9 so COLLC 567 performs the FIFO Stack Opera tion When CIO 000000 is ON in the following example COLLC 567 allocates a 10 word stack area since the rightmost 3 digits of Of are 010 between D00100 a...

Page 1313: ...0 0 0 LIFO Read 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 0 0 0 2 D00102 D00300 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 S C D MOVBC 568 S Source word or data C Control word D Destination word Variations Executed Each Cycle for ON Condition MOVBC 568...

Page 1314: ...ot cause the Error Flag to go ON in these cases EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indir...

Page 1315: ...ust be 0001 to 9999 BCD S First source word S and S N 1 must be in the same data area Operand Specifications 1 2 0 5 BCNTC 621 N S R N Number of words S First source word R Result word Variations Exec...

Page 1316: ...0 words from CIO 0100 through CIO 0109 and writes the result to D00100 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area without bank E00000 to E32767 EM Area with bank En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM add...

Page 1317: ...s of the source data in 4 digit hexadecimal Operand Specifications R D00100 000000 0010 D100 D00100 N S R BCNTC to to Counts the number of ON bits 35 0035 BCD 3 5 GETID 286 S D1 D2 S Source data D1 Va...

Page 1318: ...86 can be used to retrieve the variable s data area address Flags Indirect DM EM addresses in binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C Indirect DM EM addresses in BCD D00...

Page 1319: ...ea Indirect specifica tion The starting address of the extended parameter set tings area is specified by the FINS command variable type data area code and word address In this exam ple 0082 specifies...

Page 1320: ...rocessing Instructions 1301 4 1 16 Data Control Instructions 1302 4 1 17 Subroutine Instructions 1303 4 1 18 Interrupt Control Instructions 1303 4 1 19 Step Instructions 1303 4 1 20 Basic I O Unit Ins...

Page 1321: ...ic I O Unit Instructions 1338 4 2 22 Serial Communications Instructions 1339 4 2 23 Network Instructions 1340 4 2 24 File Memory Instructions 1341 4 2 25 Display Instructions 1341 4 2 26 Clock Instruc...

Page 1322: ...the user program area for each of the CS series instructions varies from 1 to 7 steps depending upon the instruction and the operands used with it The number of steps in a pro gram is not the same as...

Page 1323: ...5 1 45 1 45 1 Increase for C200H AND NOT AND NOT 1 0 02 0 04 0 04 0 08 AND NOT 2 21 14 21 16 21 16 21 16 Increase for CS Series 45 1 45 1 45 1 45 1 Increase for C200H OR OR 1 0 02 0 04 0 04 0 08 OR 2...

Page 1324: ...for C200H KEEP KEEP 011 1 0 06 0 08 0 25 0 29 DIFFERENTI ATE UP DIFU 013 2 0 24 0 40 0 46 0 54 DIFFERENTI ATE DOWN DIFD 014 2 0 24 0 40 0 46 0 54 SET SET 1 0 02 0 06 0 17 0 21 SET 2 21 37 21 37 21 37...

Page 1325: ...k not set 8 9 9 7 Not during inter lock and inter lock set MULTI INTERLOCK DIFFEREN TIATION RELEASE See note 2 MILR 518 3 6 1 6 5 During interlock 7 5 7 9 Not during inter lock and inter lock not set...

Page 1326: ...6 1 17 0 21 4 21 4 10 9 11 4 14 8 14 8 When resetting 8 5 8 7 10 7 10 7 When interlock ing TTIMX 555 3 16 1 17 0 10 9 11 4 When resetting 8 5 8 7 When interlock ing LONG TIMER TIML 542 4 7 6 10 0 12 8...

Page 1327: ...R 315 LD AND OR 320 LD AND OR 325 Input Compari son Instruc tions double unsigned LD AND OR L 301 4 0 10 0 16 0 29 0 54 LD AND OR L 306 LD AND OR L 311 LD AND OR L 316 LD AND OR L 321 LD AND OR L 326...

Page 1328: ...ARE CMP 020 3 0 04 0 04 0 17 0 29 CMP 020 7 42 1 42 1 42 4 42 4 Increase for CS Series 90 4 90 4 90 5 90 5 Increase for C200H DOUBLE COMPARE CMPL 060 3 0 08 0 08 0 25 0 46 SIGNED BINARY COM PARE CPS 1...

Page 1329: ...MOVE NOT MVNL 499 3 0 32 0 34 0 42 0 50 MOVE BIT MOVB 082 4 0 24 0 34 7 5 7 5 MOVE DIGIT MOVD 083 4 0 24 0 34 7 3 7 3 MULTIPLE BIT TRANS FER XFRB 062 4 10 1 10 8 13 6 13 6 Transferring 1 bit 186 4 18...

Page 1330: ...UBLE SHIFT LEFT ASLL 570 2 0 40 0 56 0 50 0 67 ARITHMETIC SHIFT RIGHT ASR 026 2 0 22 0 32 0 29 0 37 DOUBLE SHIFT RIGHT ASRL 571 2 0 40 0 56 0 50 0 67 ROTATE LEFT ROL 027 2 0 22 0 32 0 29 0 37 DOUBLE R...

Page 1331: ...FT NSLL 582 3 0 40 0 56 0 50 0 67 SHIFT N BITS RIGHT NASR 581 3 0 22 0 32 0 29 0 37 DOUBLE SHIFT N BITS RIGHT NSRL 583 3 0 40 0 56 0 50 0 67 Instruction Mnemonic Code Length steps See note ON executio...

Page 1332: ...C 402 4 0 18 0 20 0 25 0 37 DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY ADD WITH CARRY CL 403 4 0 32 0 34 0 42 0 54 BCD ADD WITHOUT CARRY B 404 4 8 2 8 4 14 0 14 0 DOUBLE BCD ADD WITHOUT CARRY BL 405 4 13 3 14 5 19 0 19 0...

Page 1333: ...58 DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY MULTIPLY L 421 4 7 23 8 45 11 19 11 19 UNSIGNED BINARY MULTIPLY U 422 4 0 38 0 40 0 50 0 58 DOUBLE UNSIGNED BINARY MULTIPLY UL 423 4 7 1 8 3 10 63 10 63 BCD MULTI PLY B 424 4...

Page 1334: ...D BINARY SIGN 600 3 0 32 0 34 0 42 0 50 DATA DECODER MLPX 076 4 0 32 0 42 8 8 8 8 Decoding 1 digit 4 to 16 0 98 1 20 12 8 12 8 Decoding 4 dig its 4 to 16 3 30 4 00 20 3 20 3 Decoding 1 digit 8 to 256...

Page 1335: ...ng No 1 6 8 7 1 10 9 10 9 Data format set ting No 2 7 2 7 5 11 5 11 5 Data format set ting No 3 DOUBLE SIGNED BINARY TO BCD BDSL 473 4 8 1 8 4 11 6 11 6 Data format set ting No 0 8 2 8 6 11 8 11 8 Dat...

Page 1336: ...NUM16 606 3 52 31 78 25 Instruction Mnemonic Code Length steps See note ON execution time s Conditions CPU 6 H CPU 4 H CPU 6 CPU 4 Instruction Mnemonic Code Length steps See note ON execution time s...

Page 1337: ...4 0 3 0 38 22 1 22 1 Counting 1 word Instruction Mnemonic Code Length steps See note ON execution time s Conditions CPU 6 H CPU 4 H CPU 6 CPU 4 FLOATING TO 16 BIT FIX 450 3 10 6 10 8 14 5 14 5 FLOATI...

Page 1338: ...D OR F 329 3 6 6 8 3 LD AND OR F 330 LD AND OR F 331 LD AND OR F 332 LD AND OR F 333 LD AND OR F 334 FLOATING POINT TO ASCII FSTR 448 4 48 5 48 9 ASCII TO FLOATING POINT FVAL 449 3 21 1 21 3 Instructi...

Page 1339: ...OUBLE FLOATING POINT DIVIDE D 848 4 23 5 24 2 DOUBLE DEGREESTO RADIANS RADD 849 3 27 4 27 8 DOUBLE RADIANS TO DEGREES DEGD 850 3 11 2 11 9 DOUBLE SINE SIND 851 3 45 4 45 8 DOUBLE COSINE COSD 852 3 43...

Page 1340: ...4 5 9 7 0 7 0 GET RECORD NUMBER GETR 636 4 7 8 8 4 11 0 11 0 DATA SEARCH SRCH 181 4 15 5 19 5 19 5 19 5 Searching for 1 word 2 42 ms 3 34 ms 3 34 ms 3 34 ms Searching for 1 000 words SWAP BYTES SWAP 6...

Page 1341: ...BAND 681 4 17 0 22 5 22 5 22 5 DEAD ZONE CON TROL ZONE 682 4 15 4 20 5 20 5 20 5 TIME PRO POR TIONAL OUTPUT See note 2 TPO 685 4 10 4 14 8 OFF execution time 54 5 82 0 ON execution time with duty des...

Page 1342: ...Conditions CPU 6 H CPU 4 H CPU 6 CPU 4 SUBROUTINE CALL SBS 091 2 1 26 1 96 17 0 17 0 SUBROUTINE ENTRY SBN 092 2 SUBROUTINE RETURN RET 093 1 0 86 1 60 20 60 20 60 MACRO MCRO 099 4 23 3 23 3 23 3 23 3 G...

Page 1343: ...ic I O Units 319 9 320 7 377 5 377 6 60 word refresh IN for CS series Basic I O Units 358 00 354 40 460 1 460 1 60 word refresh OUT for CS series Basic I O Units CPU BUS I O REFRESH DLNK 226 4 287 8 3...

Page 1344: ...Code Length steps See note ON execution time s Conditions CPU 6 H CPU 4 H CPU 6 CPU 4 PROTOCOL MACRO PMCR 260 5 100 1 142 1 276 8 276 8 Sending 0 words receiv ing 0 words 134 2 189 6 305 9 305 9 Sendi...

Page 1345: ...WRITE See note 2 ECHWR 724 4 106 0 158 3 Instruction Mnemonic Code Length steps See note ON execution time s Conditions CPU 6 H CPU 4 H CPU 6 CPU 4 Instruction Mnemonic Code Length steps See note ON e...

Page 1346: ...TRACT CSUB 731 4 38 6 170 4 184 1 184 1 HOURS TO SECONDS SEC 065 3 21 4 29 3 35 8 35 8 SECONDS TO HOURS HMS 066 3 22 2 30 9 42 1 42 1 CLOCK ADJUSTMENT DATE 735 2 60 5 87 4 95 9 95 9 Instruction Mnemon...

Page 1347: ...19 7 19 7 SAVE CON DITION FLAGS CCS 282 1 8 6 12 5 LOAD CON DITION FLAGS CCL 283 1 9 8 13 9 CONVERT ADDRESS FROM CV FRMCV 284 3 13 6 19 9 CONVERT ADDRESS TO CV TOCV 285 3 11 9 17 2 DISABLE PERIPH ERAL...

Page 1348: ...1 12 6 13 7 16 7 16 7 WAIT condition satisfied 3 9 4 1 6 3 6 3 WAIT condition not satisfied ONE CYCLEAND WAIT WAIT relay number 805 2 12 0 13 4 16 5 16 5 WAIT condition satisfied 6 1 6 5 9 6 9 6 WAIT...

Page 1349: ...66 0 84 3 84 3 Transferring 1 character CONCATE NATE STRING 656 4 86 5 126 0 167 8 167 8 1 character 1 character GET STRING LEFT LEFT 652 4 53 0 77 4 94 3 94 3 Retrieving 1 character from 2 characters...

Page 1350: ...ON execution time s Conditions CPU 6 H CPU 4 H CPU 6 CPU 4 TASK ON TKON 820 2 19 5 26 3 26 3 26 3 TASK OFF TKOF 821 2 13 3 19 0 26 3 26 3 Instruction Mnemonic Code Length steps See note ON execution t...

Page 1351: ...that of the CS series PLC would be 7 4 3 steps 4 2 CJ series Instruction Execution Times and Number of Steps The following table lists the execution times for all instructions that are avail able for...

Page 1352: ...ion how ever is different for some of the CJ series instructions and inaccuracies will occur if the capacity of a user program for another PLC is converted for a CJ series PLC based on the assumption...

Page 1353: ...TION OFF DOWN 522 4 0 24 0 3 0 42 0 54 0 50 0 50 LOAD BIT TEST LD TST 350 4 0 11 0 14 0 24 0 37 0 35 0 35 LOAD BIT TEST NOT LD TSTN 351 4 0 11 0 14 0 24 0 37 0 35 0 35 AND BIT TEST NOT AND TSTN 351 4...

Page 1354: ...0 34 0 5 0 5 RSTB 3 21 44 21 44 21 54 23 31 23 31 SINGLEBIT OUTPUT OUTB 534 2 0 19 0 22 0 32 0 45 0 45 OUTB 3 21 42 21 42 21 52 23 22 23 22 Instruction Mne monic Code Length steps See note 1 ON execut...

Page 1355: ...0 06 0 12 0 15 0 15 FOR LOOP FOR 512 2 0 18 0 21 0 21 0 21 1 00 1 00 Designating a constant BREAK LOOP BREAK 514 1 0 048 0 12 0 12 0 12 0 15 0 15 NEXT LOOP NEXT 513 1 0 14 0 18 0 18 0 18 0 45 0 45 Whe...

Page 1356: ...0 16 3 6 2 6 2 6 5 13 8 When interlocking MULTI OUT PUT TIMER MTIM 543 4 20 9 20 9 23 3 26 0 38 55 43 3 5 6 5 6 5 8 7 8 12 9 13 73 When resetting MTIMX 554 20 9 20 9 23 3 38 55 5 6 5 6 5 8 12 9 When r...

Page 1357: ...tructions unsigned LD AND OR 300 4 0 08 0 10 0 16 0 37 0 35 0 35 LD AND OR 305 LD AND OR 310 LD AND OR 315 LD AND OR 320 LD AND OR 325 Input Com parison Instructions double unsigned LD AND OR L 301 4...

Page 1358: ...36 4 45 6 41 1 LD AND OR DT 346 4 25 2 25 2 36 4 18 8 39 6 COMPARE CMP 20 3 0 032 0 04 0 04 0 29 0 10 0 10 CMP 20 7 42 1 42 1 42 1 42 4 45 2 45 2 Increase for immediate refresh DOUBLE COMPARE CMPL 60...

Page 1359: ...ength steps See note ON execution time s Conditions CPU6 H R CPU6 H CPU4 H CPU4 CJ1M exclud ing CPU11 21 CJ1M CPU11 21 MOVE MOV 21 3 0 14 0 18 0 20 0 29 0 30 0 30 MOV 21 7 21 38 21 38 21 40 42 36 35 1...

Page 1360: ...4 10 4 10 4 11 9 15 3 Shifting 1 word 187 3 433 2 488 0 763 1 1 39 ms 1 43 ms Shifting 1 000 words REVERS IBLE SHIFT REGISTER SFTR 84 4 6 9 6 9 7 2 9 6 11 4 15 5 Shifting 1 word 399 3 615 3 680 2 859...

Page 1361: ...HIFT LEFT SLD 74 3 5 9 5 9 6 1 8 2 7 6 12 95 Shifting 1 word 561 1 561 1 626 3 760 7 1 15 ms 1 27 ms Shifting 1 000 words ONE DIGIT SHIFT RIGHT SRD 75 3 6 9 6 9 7 1 8 7 8 6 15 00 Shifting 1 word 760 5...

Page 1362: ...0 45 DOUBLE DECREMENT BINARY L 593 2 0 18 0 40 0 56 0 67 0 80 0 80 INCREMENT BCD B 594 2 5 7 6 4 4 5 7 4 12 3 14 7 DOUBLE INCREMENT BCD BL 595 2 5 6 5 6 4 9 6 1 9 24 10 8 DECREMENT BCD B 596 2 5 7 6...

Page 1363: ...2 0 34 0 54 0 60 0 60 BCD SUB TRACT WITH OUT CARRY B 414 4 7 4 8 0 8 2 13 1 18 1 20 5 DOUBLE BCD SUBTRACT WITHOUT CARRY BL 415 4 8 9 12 8 14 0 18 2 23 2 26 7 BCD SUB TRACT WITH CARRY BC 416 4 7 9 8 5...

Page 1364: ...BCD DIVIDE BL 435 4 13 1 17 7 18 9 26 2 27 1 34 7 Instruction Mne monic Code Length steps See note ON execution time s Conditions CPU6 H R CPU6 H CPU4 H CPU4 CJ1M exclud ing CPU11 21 CJ1M CPU11 21 BCD...

Page 1365: ...MN TO LINE LINE 063 4 16 6 19 0 23 1 29 1 37 0 40 3 LINE TO COLUMN COLM 064 4 18 4 23 2 27 5 37 3 45 7 48 2 SIGNED BCD TO BINARY BINS 470 4 6 8 8 0 8 3 12 1 16 2 17 0 Data format setting No 0 6 8 8 0...

Page 1366: ...5 9 86 4 8 bit angle 61 8 61 8 96 7 104 5 91 6 15 bit binary 64 5 64 5 99 6 107 5 96 1 15 bit BCD 72 8 72 8 112 4 120 4 107 3 15 bit angle 52 3 52 3 87 2 88 7 82 4 360 binary 55 1 55 1 90 4 91 7 86 8...

Page 1367: ...34 0 54 0 60 0 60 EXCLUSIVE OR XORW 036 4 0 18 0 22 0 32 0 37 0 45 0 45 DOUBLE EXCLUSIVE OR XORL 612 4 0 26 0 32 0 34 0 54 0 60 0 60 EXCLUSIVE NOR XNRW 037 4 0 18 0 22 0 32 0 37 0 45 0 45 DOUBLE EXCLU...

Page 1368: ...7 9 9 12 0 14 0 17 6 FLOATING POINT MULTI PLY F 456 4 0 24 8 0 9 2 10 5 13 2 15 8 DEGREES TO RADIANS RAD 458 3 8 1 10 1 10 2 14 9 15 9 20 6 RADIANS TO DEGREES DEG 459 3 8 0 9 9 10 1 14 8 15 7 20 4 SIN...

Page 1369: ...AND OR F 329 3 0 13 6 6 8 3 12 6 15 37 LD AND OR F 330 LD AND OR F 331 LD AND OR F 332 LD AND OR F 333 LD AND OR F 334 FLOATING POINT TO ASCII FSTR 448 4 48 5 48 5 48 9 58 4 85 7 ASCII TO FLOATING PO...

Page 1370: ...1 21 6 DOUBLE FLOATING TO 32 BIT BINARY FIXLD 842 3 10 2 11 6 12 1 16 4 21 7 16 BIT BINARY TO DOUBLE FLOATING DBL 843 3 9 9 9 9 10 0 14 3 16 5 32 BIT BINARY TO DOUBLE FLOATING DBLL 844 3 9 8 9 8 10 0...

Page 1371: ...Mne monic Code Length steps See note ON execution time s Conditions CPU6 H R CPU6 H CPU4 H CPU4 CJ1M exclud ing CPU11 21 CJ1M CPU11 21 SET STACK SSET 630 3 8 0 8 0 8 3 8 5 14 2 20 3 Designating 5 wor...

Page 1372: ...ching for 1 word 2 39 ms 2 39 ms 3 33 ms 3 33 ms 4 39 ms 3 58 ms Searching for 1 000 words SUM SUM 184 4 28 2 28 2 38 5 38 3 49 5 44 1 Adding 1 word 14 2 ms 1 42 ms 1 95 ms 1 95 ms 2 33 ms 2 11 ms Add...

Page 1373: ...ONTROL ZONE 682 4 15 4 15 4 20 5 20 5 28 0 26 4 TIME PRO PORTIONAL OUTPUT See note 2 TPO 685 4 10 6 10 6 14 8 20 2 19 8 OFF execution time 54 5 54 5 82 0 92 7 85 1 ON execution time with duty designat...

Page 1374: ...1 96 17 0 2 04 2 04 SUBROUTINE ENTRY SBN 92 2 SUBROUTINE RETURN RET 93 1 0 43 0 86 1 60 20 60 1 80 1 80 MACRO MCRO 99 4 23 3 23 3 23 3 23 3 47 9 50 3 GLOBAL SUBROU TINE CALL GSBN 751 2 GLOBAL SUBROU T...

Page 1375: ...8 8 Changing pulse output PV 51 80 50 8 Changing high speed counter PV 31 83 28 5 Changing PV of counter in inter rupt input mode 45 33 49 8 Stopping pulse output 36 73 30 5 Stopping PWM 891 out put H...

Page 1376: ...9 61 ms Only registering target value table for 48 target val ues 259 0 239 0 Only registering range table COUNTER FREQUENCY CONVERT PRV2 883 4 23 03 22 39 SPEED OUT PUT SPED 885 4 56 00 89 3 Continu...

Page 1377: ...1 word refresh IN for Basic I O Units 17 20 17 20 18 40 25 6 29 7 35 0 1 word refresh OUT for Basic I O Units 319 9 319 9 320 7 377 6 291 0 100 0 60 word refresh IN for Basic I O Units 358 00 358 00 3...

Page 1378: ...busy 223 0 215 3 At end INTELLIGENTI O WRITE IOWR 223 4 See note 3 See note 3 See note 3 See note 3 245 3 219 7 First execution 231 0 225 7 When busy 244 0 218 7 At end Instruction Mne monic Code Leng...

Page 1379: ...ution time s Conditions CPU6 H R CPU6 H CPU4 H CPU4 CJ1M exclud ing CPU11 21 CJ1M CPU11 21 NETWORK SEND SEND 090 4 84 4 84 4 123 9 123 9 141 6 195 0 NETWORK RECEIVE RECV 098 4 85 4 85 4 124 7 124 7 14...

Page 1380: ...5 387 8 387 8 627 0 684 7 650 7 637 3 2 character direc tory file name in binary 833 3 833 3 1 32 ms 1 36 ms 1 44 ms 1 16 ms 73 character directory file name in binary WRITE TEXT FILE TWRIT 704 5 390...

Page 1381: ...SAM PLING TRSM 045 1 80 4 80 4 120 0 120 0 207 0 218 3 Sampling 1 bit and 0 words 848 1 848 1 1 06 ms 1 06 ms 1 16 ms 1 10 ms Sampling 31 bits and 6 words Instruc tion Mne monic Code Length steps See...

Page 1382: ...OM CV FRMCV 284 3 13 6 13 6 19 9 23 1 31 8 CONVERT ADDRESS TO CV TOCV 285 3 11 9 11 9 17 2 22 5 31 4 DISABLE PERIPH ERAL SERVICING IOSP 287 13 9 13 9 19 8 21 5 21 5 ENABLE PERIPH ERAL SERVICING IORS 2...

Page 1383: ...d ONE CYCLE AND WAIT WAIT relay number 805 2 12 0 12 0 13 4 16 5 27 2 30 0 WAIT condi tion satisfied 6 1 6 1 6 5 9 6 10 0 11 4 WAIT condi tion not satis fied ONE CYCLE AND WAIT NOT WAIT NOT relay numb...

Page 1384: ...H CPU4 H CPU4 CJ1M exclud ing CPU11 21 CJ1M CPU11 21 MOV STRING MOV 664 3 45 6 45 6 66 0 84 3 79 3 72 7 Transferring 1 char acter CONCATE NATE STRING 656 4 86 5 86 5 126 0 167 8 152 0 137 0 1 characte...

Page 1385: ...LD AND OR 670 4 48 5 48 5 69 8 86 2 79 9 68 5 Comparing 1 char acter with 1 charac ter LD AND OR 671 LD AND OR 672 LD AND OR 674 LD AND OR 675 Instruction Mne monic Code Length steps See note ON exec...

Page 1386: ...LE WORD DIS TRIBUTE DISTC 566 4 3 4 3 4 3 5 19 18 1 Data distribute 5 9 5 9 7 3 39 5 38 5 Stack operation DATA COL LECT COLL C 567 4 3 5 3 5 3 85 24 9 29 7 Data distribute 8 8 9 1 22 1 25 3 Stack oper...

Page 1387: ...2 words per instruction and that of the CJ series PLC would be 1 2 1 step per instruction Contents CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 3 0 or later m Call part 57 steps n I O parameter transfer...

Page 1388: ...ition section 10 s Execution time for 1 instance 3 3 s 3 2 0 19 s 10 s 14 25 s Note The execution time is increased according to the number of multiple instances when the same function block definitio...

Page 1389: ...1350 CJ series Instruction Execution Times and Number of Steps Section 4 2...

Page 1390: ...1351 Appendix A ASCII Code Table ASCII SP Four leftmost bits Four rightmost bits...

Page 1391: ...1352 ASCII Code Table Appendix A...

Page 1392: ...305 1339 network instruction execution times 1305 1340 receiving from RS 232C port 994 serial communications instructions 92 973 1026 transmitting from RS 232C port 984 comparing tables 879 comparison...

Page 1393: ...ents 632 689 extra cyclic tasks 1256 1259 F G failure diagnosis instructions execution times 1307 1342 fatal operating errors generating and clearing 1149 file memory file memory instructions 96 1096...

Page 1394: ...29 430 472 B 434 480 BL 435 482 D 848 670 F 457 608 L 431 474 U 432 476 UL 433 478 ACC 888 897 ACOS 464 626 683 ACOSD 855 683 AND 165 AND LD 172 AND NOT 167 ANDL 610 551 ANDW 034 549 APR 069 572 ASC 0...

Page 1395: ...598 661 FLTL 453 600 662 FOR 512 238 FREAD 700 1100 FRMCV 284 1175 FSTR 448 641 FVAL 449 646 650 FWRIT 701 1107 GETR 636 721 GRET 752 836 GSBN 751 833 GSBS 750 825 HEX 162 509 HMS 066 1132 IEND 804 1...

Page 1396: ...7 SINS 641 751 SNUM 638 743 SNXT 009 910 SPED 885 883 SQRT 466 630 687 SQRTD 857 687 SRCH 181 723 SREAD 639 745 SSET 630 704 STEP 008 910 STR16 603 540 STR4 601 535 STR8 602 538 STUP 237 1022 SUM 184...

Page 1397: ...instructions 51 426 483 table data processing instructions 71 75 698 742 1299 1331 task control instructions 111 113 1256 1262 text string processing instructions 108 1221 1255 timer instructions 34...

Page 1398: ...parison 327 330 882 refreshing differentiated refreshing instructions 177 immediate refreshing instructions 177 with IORF 097 927 resetting bits 201 RS 232C port receiving from RS 232C port 994 transm...

Page 1399: ...xt strings instruction execution times 1311 1346 text string processing instructions 108 1221 1255 time converting time notation 1130 1132 timers 242 291 block program delay timer 1213 example applica...

Page 1400: ...as follows Pages 169 and 170 Precaution related to the cycle time deleted Pages 176 180 183 186 196 199 743 746 and 749 Timer number counter number and set value indications corrected Pages 189 and 1...

Page 1401: ...0 and 11 Note with examples added on instructions executable when input con ditions are OFF Page 24 Table updated and note added for instructions not supported by CS1D CPU Units and CS1 CPU Units with...

Page 1402: ...ed 13 September 2006 New instructions STR4 STR8 STR16 NUM4 NUM8 NUM16 and TWRIT 14 April 2007 Information was added on the CJ1H CPU H R CPU Units 15 January 2008 Added information on unit version 4 1...

Search results

Summary of Contents for SYSMAC CS1D-CPU**

Reviews:

Related manuals for SYSMAC CS1D-CPU**

Brands by name

Popular brands

Omron SYSMAC CS1D-CPU**, Reference Manual

Search results

Summary of Contents for SYSMAC CS1D-CPU**

Reviews:

Related manuals for SYSMAC CS1D-CPU**

Brands by name

Popular brands